UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10- K
|
|
☒ |
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014
|
|
☐ |
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Commission File Number: 001-36449
TRUECAR, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
04
‑3807511
|
120 Broadway, Suite 200
Santa Monica, California 90401
(Address of principal executive offices and Zip Code)
(800) 200 ‑2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share |
|
The Nasdaq Global Select Market |
|
(Title of each class) |
|
(Name of each exchange on which registered) |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant ’ s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K . ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer ☐ |
Accelerated filer ☐ |
Non
‑accelerated filer
☒
|
Smaller reporting company ☐ |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2014, the last business day of the registrant ’ s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $39 1 , 333 , 962 based upon the closing price reported for such date on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
As of March 5 , 2015, the registrant had 80,419,146 shares of common stock outstanding .
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the registrant ’ s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. Such proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the registrant ’ s fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, the Definitive Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part of this Form 10-K.
TRUECAR, INC.
2
As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “TrueCar”, “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to TrueCar, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries, TrueCar.com, Inc. and ALG, Inc., unless the context indicates otherwise. TrueCar.com, Inc. is referred to as “TrueCar.com” and ALG, Inc. is referred to as “ALG”.
Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements and Industry and Market Data
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “ anticipates, ” “ believes, ” “ could, ” “ estimates, ” “ expects, ” “ intends, ” “ may, ” “ might, ” “ likely, ” “ plans, ” “ potential, ” “ predicts, ” “ projects, ” “ seeks, ” “ should, ” “ target, ” “ will, ” “ would ” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms. Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, but are not limited to, statements about:
|
· |
|
our future financial performance and our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit or gross margin, operating expenses, ability to generate cash flow, and ability to achieve, and maintain, future profitability; |
|
· |
|
our relationship with key industry participants, including car dealers and automobile manufacturers; |
|
· |
|
anticipated trends, growth rates and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate; |
|
· |
|
our ability to anticipate market needs and develop new and enhanced products and services to meet those needs, and our ability to successfully monetize them; |
|
· |
|
maintaining and expanding our customer base; |
|
· |
|
the impact of competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors; |
|
· |
|
our anticipated growth and growth strategies and our ability to effectively manage that growth; |
|
· |
|
our ability to sell our products and expand internationally; |
|
· |
|
our failure to anticipate or adapt to future changes in our industry; |
|
· |
|
the impact of seasonality on our business; |
|
· |
|
our ability to hire and retain necessary qualified employees to expand our operations; |
|
· |
|
the impact of any failure of our solutions or solution innovations; |
|
· |
|
our reliance on our third-party service providers; |
|
· |
|
the evolution of technology affecting our products, services and markets; |
|
· |
|
our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property; |
|
· |
|
the anticipated effect on our business of litigation to which we are a party; |
|
· |
|
our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business; |
|
· |
|
the increased expenses and administrative workload associated with being a public company; |
|
· |
|
failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls necessary to accurately report our financial results and prevent fraud; |
|
· |
|
our liquidity and working capital requirements; |
|
· |
|
the estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements and determining option exercise prices; |
|
· |
|
the future trading prices of our common stock and the impact of securities analysts ’ reports on these prices; |
|
· |
|
the preceding and other factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and in other reports we may file with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time; and |
|
· |
|
the factors set forth in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” |
Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievments to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Given these uncertainties, you should
3
not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information, except to the extent required by applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.
This Annual Report on Form 10-K also contains estimates and other statistical data, including those relating to our industry and the market in which we operate, which we have obtained or derived from industry publications and reports, including reports from Autodata Corp., USA, Borrell Associates, J.D. Power and Associates, NADA, R.L. Polk & Co., Auto motive News and other publicly available information. These industry publications and reports do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information although the authors generally indicate that they have obtained the information from sources believed to be reliable. The information involves a number of estimates and assumptions. You are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates and assumptions. Based on our industry experience, we believe that the publications and reports are reliable and that the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable. However, the industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the industry publications and reports .
Overview
Our mission is to transform the car-buying experience for consumers and the way that the automotive industry attract s customers and sell s cars. We have established an intelligent, data-driven online platform operating on a common technology infrastructure, powered by proprietary data and analytics. We operate our company-branded platform on the TrueCar website and our branded mobile experience. In addition, we customize and operate our platform on a co-branded basis for our many affinity group marketing partners, including financial institutions like USAA and American Express, membership-based organizations like Consumer Reports, AARP and AAA , and employee buying programs for large enterprises such as IBM and Walmart . We enable users to obtain market-based pricing data on new and used cars, and to connect with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. We also allow automobile manufacturers, known in the industry as OEMs, to connect with TrueCar users in the purchase process and efficiently deliver incentives specifically targeted to individual consumers.
We benefit consumers by providing information related to what others have paid for a make and model of car in their area and, where available, estimated price s for that make and model , which we refer to as upfront pricing information, from our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. This upfront pricing information generally includes guaranteed savings off MSRP which the consumer may then take to the dealer in the form of a Guaranteed Savings Certificate and apply toward the purchase of the specified make and model of car. We benefit our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers by enabling them to attract these informed, in-market consumers in a cost-effective, accountable manner, which we believe helps them to sell more cars profitably . We benefit OEMs by allowing them to more effectively target their incentive spending at deep-in-market consumers during their purchase process.
We have been focused primarily on new car transactions. In the future, we intend to introduce additional products and services designed to improve the overall car-buying and car-ownership experience . T hrough TrueCar Labs, an incubator focused on developing innovative solutions for the automotive ecosystem , the Company deploys new products and solutions in their earliest phase in order to seek feedback from consumers , dealers and OEMs , enabling them to shape a better product experience. For example, we are developing a vehicle trade-in solution called TrueTrade to provide users with an estimated daily market value for their existing cars and a guaranteed trade-in price and to provide TrueCar Certified Dealers with access to quality used vehicles to purchase. We also plan to develop products to provide users with upfront financing and leasing information to provide a more convenient car buying experience . We
4
are also in the process of launching a number of new services for our dealers designed to enable them to make better informed inventory management and pricing decisions and to close transactions more efficiently. In addition, we have developed a new product, Live Prospect, which allows OEMs to generate private, targeted, one-on-one offers to consumers who are deep in the shopping process on the TrueCar platform.
Our network of over 10,000 TrueCar Certified Dealers consists primarily of new car franchises, representing all major makes of cars, as well as independent dealers selling used vehicles . TrueCar Certified Dealers operate in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. We estimate that users of our platform purchasing cars from TrueCar Certified Dealers accounted for approximately 3.5 % of all new car sales in the United States in 2014, excluding fleet car sales, an increase from 2.4 % in 2013 and 1.5 % in 2012. Since our founding in 2005, TrueCar users have purchased over 1. 7 million new and used vehicles from TrueCar Certified Dealers , including over 600,000 vehicles in 2014 .
Our subsidiary, ALG, Inc., provides data and consulting services regarding determination of the residual value of an automobile at given future points in time. These residual values are used to underwrite automotive loans and leases to determine payments by consumers. In addition, financial institutions use this information to measure exposure and risk across loan, lease , and fleet portfolios. We also obtain automobile purchase data from a variety of sources and use this data to provide consumers and dealers with highly accurate, geographically specific, real-time pricing information.
During 2014, we generated revenues of $ 206.6 million and recorded a net loss of $ 48.4 million. Of the $ 206.6 million in revenues, 92 % consisted of transaction revenues with the remaining 8 % derived primarily from the sale of data and consulting services to the automotive and financial services industries. Revenues from the sale of data and consulting services are derived primarily from the operations of our ALG subsidiary. Transaction revenues primarily consist of fees paid to us by our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers under our pay-for-performance business model where we generally earn a fee only when a TrueCar user purchases a car from a TrueCar Certified Dealer . We also receive revenue from OEMs in connection with our targeted incentive programs .
Industry Overview and Market Opportunity
Large, fragmented and competitive automobile retail market
According to Borrell Associates, total new vehicle related advertising spend in print, broadcast, radio, Internet and other channels was expected to total $ 28.5 billion in 2014. This forecast consisted of $ 12.4 billion from automotive manufacturers, $ 8.5 billion from dealers, $ 6.2 billion from cooperative advertising between automotive manufacturers and dealers and $ 1.3 billion from dealer associations. According to Autodata Corp., USA, or AutoData , automotive manufacturers also spend $46 billion in incentives to induce consumers to purchase their vehicles.
The Internet is a highly influential medium in the consumer ’ s research and shopping process for automobiles. According to a study by R.L. Polk & Co., or Polk, new and used car buyers cited the Internet as the initial source of information in their buying process greater than 15 times more frequently than any other media source. Manufacturers and dealers continue to allocate marketing budgets towards online sources and away from traditional media sources. According to NADA, the average percentage of a dealer ’ s marketing budget devoted to online advertising was 33 % in 201 3 , a five-fold increase from the reported percentage in 200 3 .
Online research in automotive has evolved from offline brochures, reviews and other sales information. Online car shopping has consisted mostly of listings that resemble the print classifieds. Automotive content and listings sites publish automotive content and reviews and also aggregate new and used car inventory listings from dealers and private sellers. Car sellers subscribe in order to list their new and used car inventory and the sites also earn revenue through lead generation. Under this model, the sites aggregate traffic and monetize that traffic both by selling ads to advertisers that want to reach an automotive-focused audience and by providing the names and contact information of visitors of those sites to dealers (“Lead Generators”) . These Lead Generators present information about automobiles available for sale and MSRP but lack comprehensive market pricing data and do not provide upfront pricing information and guaranteed savings off MSRP from dealers. Moreover, they do not tie their economics to the successful completion of transactions, which makes it difficult to measure the success of these marketing efforts.
5
Challenges for the consumer
Consumers consistently describe their purchase of a car as a frustrating and stressful experience. These consumers face a number of complex issues when buying a car, including obtaining market pricing information with respect to the car they want to buy and negotiating a transaction. Historically, buyers had to engage in a prolonged negotiating process in order to obtain pricing information, often consisting of multiple trips to a dealer or dealers. Today, while consumers have a number of available information sources that provide pricing data, these alternatives generally do not have information on what others actually paid for a car. As a result, consumers still lack the market data and upfront pricing information to shorten the negotiation with the dealer and lead to a successful transaction.
Challenges for the dealer
Automobile dealers operate in a highly competitive market in which access to customers and informed vehicle pricing are essential to dealer profitability. According to NADA, from 2003 to 2013 the average gross margin for automobile dealers on new car sales decreased from 5.5% to 3.8%. Overall dealer profitability is closely tied to the volume of new car sales as those sales can lead to higher-margin offerings for the dealer such as trade-ins, financing, maintenance and service, and accessories. In addition, dealers can earn financial incentives and improved vehicle allocation from manufacturers based on their volume of new car sales.
Automobile dealers are increasingly shifting from reliance on their physical location and offline media and turning to the Internet to attract customers and broaden their reach. According to J.D. Power and Associates, nearly 80% of new car buyers use the Internet to research their vehicle purchase, and the use of mobile devices in the car buying process is increasing rapidly. Use of tablets and mobile phones to shop for vehicles has increased 67% and 40%, respectively, over the past two years. Tablets and mobile phones are now utilized by 30% and 28%, respectively, of consumers using the Internet to shop for vehicles. This shift means that automobile dealers must adapt their marketing for these customers. The overall industry average advertising expense per new car across all forms of media was $616 in 2013, according to NADA. In addition to high marketing costs, lack of empirical data on pricing at the local level may cause dealers to lose transactions by overpricing compared to the market or to lose margin in other cases by underpricing. As a result of these challenges, automobile dealers are looking for ways to attract informed, in-market consumers in a cost-effective and accountable manner and effectively price their vehicle inventory to achieve their sales goals.
Challenges for the OEM
Autodata estimates that in 2014 , OEMs spent $46 billion in incentives to induce consumers to purchase their vehicles. This is an increase of nearly 15% over 2013. I ncentive spending now represents approximately 9% of industry transaction revenues. Offering untargeted incentives to sell incremental vehicles is costly and inefficient. The difficulty in identifying those consumers most likely to be responsive to incentive offers presents a challenge to automakers. As a result, automakers are looking for ways to allocate their incentive budgets more efficiently and increase new car sales more profitably.
Our Solution
We are enhancing the car-buying experience for consumers and improving the way that dealers and OEMs attract customers and sell cars. We have established an intelligent, data-driven online platform operating on a common technology infrastructure, powered by proprietary data and analytics. We operate our company-branded platform via the TrueCar website and our branded mobile experience. In addition, we customize and operate our platform on a co-branded basis for our many affinity group marketing partners, including financial institutions like USAA and American Express, membership-based organizations like Consumer Reports, AARP and AAA , and employee buying sites for large enterprises such as IBM and Walmart . We enable users to obtain market-based pricing data on new and used cars, and to connect with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. We believe the combination of transparent market data, upfront pricing information and guaranteed savings off MSRP benefits both consumers and dealers, resulting in more transactions by users of our platform.
6
Why consumers choose TrueCar
We believe consumers choose the TrueCar website and our branded mobile applications and our affinity group marketing partner websites to simplify the car-buying process and to achieve confidence in the price they receive for a car. We present relevant market data to consumers, including information about pricing for specific makes and models of cars in their area. We provide access to our platform and its data at no cost to the consumer. By providing transparent market pricing information and access to our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, we seek to eliminate the hassles of the car-buying experience. Since our founding, TrueCar users have purchased over 1.7 million new and used vehicles from TrueCar Certified Dealers , including over 600,000 vehicles in 2014 .
We believe that consumers choose TrueCar primarily for the following reasons:
Upfront pricing information. We access a broad array of transaction data to provide customers with relevant pricing information on every major make and model of new car sold in the U.S. In most instances, we then present the consumer with the TrueCar Curve, a graphical distribution of what others paid for the same make and model of car. Within this distribution, we include the factory invoice for the car, the MSRP, and the average price paid for that car in the consumer ’ s local market. We also generally provide the consumer with a TrueCar Estimate based on data relevant to the consumer’s configured vehicle . We believe the TrueCar Estimate provides the consumer with the ability to determine the amount they are likely to pay for a specific make and model of car in their local area, all before deciding to be contacted by a dealer.
Quality of service of our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. We strive to provide consumers with a superior car-buying experience through our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. To become a TrueCar Certified Dealer, dealers must agree to adhere to certain conditions, including providing upfront pricing information and guaranteed savings off MSRP, where available. Further, we provide ongoing training and hold dealers accountable to specific customer service standards .
Price confidence. Our users generally receive up to three Guaranteed Savings Certificates, which provide a guaranteed savings off MSRP on the user ’ s specified make and model of car. Our platform allows the user to compare relevant market data for their specified make and model of car with the guaranteed savings from MSRP identified in these certificates. Our user experience allows consumers to communicate directly with specific TrueCar Certified Dealers based on algorithms that weigh several factors, including proximity of the dealer to the consumer, vehicle selection, price , and consumer experience scores. Our platform allows consumers to compare these certificates with the relevant market data for a specific make and model of car.
We believe that the combination of upfront pricing information and guaranteed savings off MSRP simplifies the transaction process and leads to a better car-buying experience for consumers who use TrueCar, typically resulting in significant savings. For the year ended December 31, 2014, TrueCar users paid, on average, nearly $ 3,145 less than MSRP .
Why dealers use TrueCar
We believe dealers use TrueCar to attract informed, in-market consumers in a cost-effective and accountable manner, efficiently price their inventory and sell more cars profitably .
We provide automobile dealers the opportunity to offer upfront pricing information and Guaranteed Savings Certificates to a large and targeted audience of in-market consumers. We believe that transparent pricing information also significantly increases the trust between dealers and car buyers, which helps dealers increase volume and reduce customer acquisition costs. We also provide market data and analysis to dealers, helping them make more informed inventory management and pricing decisions.
Under our pay-for-performance business model, we generally earn a fee only when a consumer purchases a car, providing dealers with an accountable marketing channel. We typically charge TrueCar Certified Dealers $299 upon the sale of a new car to a TrueCar user. In 201 3 , the overall industry average advertising expense per new car across all
7
forms of media was $616, according to NADA. By helping dealers better target their acquisition efforts to in-market consumers using our platform, we believe that dealers can improve their close rates, which results in other operating cost efficiencies such as savings on selling expenses and inventory carrying costs. We also believe that those dealers may then capture additional higher-margin maintenance and service, financing and other revenue streams while increasing the probability of earning volume-based incentives offered by manufacturers.
Why affinity groups partner with TrueCar
For many of our affinity group marketing partners, offering a car-buying service is a valuable benefit for their members, but it is not a service that they can easily provide themselves. Building and operating a car-buying service is complex, costly , and requires specialized technology expertise and regulatory compliance infrastructure. In addition, efficiently operating this service requires participation by a significant number of dealerships.
These affinity group marketing partners typically offer products and services that are a component of buying and owning a car, such as automotive financing and insurance. Our program has particular value to these partners as the purchase of a car by one of their members is frequently accompanied by additional consideration of the partner’s core products and services. For example, many USAA members who purchase a car from a TrueCar Certified Dealer finance and insure that car with USAA.
As a result, these affinity group marketing partners conduct rigorous selection processes to provide this service to their members. We typically enter into multi-year exclusive agreements with affinity group partners, which includes payment of marketing fees, and offer our platform through their websites to their members.
Affinity groups partner with TrueCar to extend our platform to their members under their own brands along with TrueCar co-branding . We generally provide members of these groups with access to the same benefits of the TrueCar website and our branded mobile applications , with the added recognition of their affinity membership , and other benefits such as improved financing terms and manufacturer incentives. Affinity partners also solicit feedback from their members on an ongoing basis and we use this feedback to improve our services.
We also offer car-buying programs as an employee benefit directly to corporate customers, such as Boeing and Verizon, and, indirectly, through employee benefit program administrators, to customers such as Disney and Walmart.
Why automobile manufacturers use TrueCar
Automobile manufacturers, such as Mercedes-Benz, Fiat Chrysler Automobiles , BMW and General Motors, use TrueCar to offer targeted incentives to consumers. This allows manufacturers to focus their customer acquisition efforts through a direct and accountable marketing channel. The ability to offer these incentives enables manufacturers to reach consumers that might otherwise purchase a car from a competing manufacturer. We have found that consumers who visit our TrueCar website and affinity group partner websites are more responsive to OEM incentive offerings than the general market. As a result, we believe automakers can significantly increase the number of vehicles sold without increasing their total incentive spending budget when they deploy that spending on TrueCar platforms. Further, as we have grown our brand, unique visitors and prospects, TrueCar now offers automobile manufacturers access to millions of in-market consumers. Generally, these manufacturers pay a per-vehicle fee to us for this service.
Our value to the broader automotive market
We believe the broader automotive market benefits from the availability of transparent data. For example, we forecast data on residual values of cars and provide this information on a subscription and consultative basis. Leasing companies and manufacturers use this data to set lease rates. We believe that our platform will enable us to offer additional products and services in the future that will benefit additional participants in this market, including insurance companies and lenders.
8
The future of the TrueCar solution
In the future, we intend to introduce additional products and services to improve the car-buying and car-ownership experience. For example, we are developing a vehicle trade-in solution called TrueTrade to provide users with an estimated daily market value for their existing vehicles and guaranteed trade-in price , which we believe will provide TrueCar Certified Dealers with access to quality used vehicles to purchase. We also plan to develop products to provide users with upfront financing and leasing information to provide a more convenient car buying experience . We are also in the process of launching a number of new products and services for our dealers designed to enable them to make better informed inventory management and pricing decisions and to close transactions more efficiently.
Our Strengths
We believe that our platform offers a superior car-buying experience for our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers. Our strengths include:
Accountable business model operating at scale with powerful network effects
We operate a pay-for-performance business model that allows in-market car buyers to interact with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. In the year ended December 31, 2014, consumers usi ng our platform purchased over 6 00,000 vehicles from our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. In addition, our platform is adaptable on a state-by-state basis in response to the local regulatory environment. As the number of vehicles purchased by our users from our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers continues to grow, we believe the platform will become increasingly attractive to high-quality automobile dealers. The addition of strategically selected, reputable dealers in turn allows us to improve coverage by brand and market and enhance our offering for the consumer. Similarly, as more in-market consumers utilize our platform, the incremental search, inventory and purchase information generated will increase the utility of our data and analytics platform for all participants.
Nationwide network of TrueCar Certified Dealers representing all major makes sold in the U.S.
We have built our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers to provide broad nationwide coverage to our users. Our network of over 1 0,0 00 TrueCar Certified Dealers consists primarily of new car franchises representing all major makes of cars, as well as independent dealers. TrueCar Certified Dealers operate in all 50 states as well as the District of Columbia. At December 31, 2014, our network included dealers representing 40 of the top 50 national dealer groups. According to the Bureau of Economic Analysis, or BEA , and Automotive News , 1 3.9 million new cars were sold in the United States during 2014, excluding fleet sales . We estimate that 3.5 % of these new car transactions were completed between our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers.
To be a TrueCar Certified Dealer, dealers must agree to adhere to certain standards, including providing upfront pricing information and honoring the Guaranteed Savings Certificate, where available. Further, we hold dealers accountable to specific customer service standards. We also provide ongoing training to our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers designed to increase close rates and ensure a superior car-buying experience.
Robust data and proprietary analytics platform
Our digital platform is powered by data and proprietary analytics. We synthesize historic and real-time data from a multitude of automated feeds from a wide variety of public and private sources. These sources include dealers, data aggregators, manufacturers, insurance companies, banks and auction houses, as well as our own data on consumer behavior obtained from TrueCar managed websites. This data repository contains a wide variety of information, including vehicle-specific information on automotive transactions, vehicle registration records, consumer buying patterns and behavior, demographic information, and macroeconomic data.
Our team of statisticians and data scientists has developed complex and proprietary algorithms to transform this data into useable information that power s our platform and scale s as traffic increases. We present this data through our web and mobile user interfaces in an engaging and easy to understand way for consumers and dealers.
9
Our platform also enables our pay-for-performance business model by identifying sales for which a dealer generally pays us a fee only when a TrueCar user purchases a car or based on other performance-based metrics, such as a specific number of vehicle sales or consumer introductions expected to be generated over a subscription period. Our platform allows us to identify whether a sale has occurred between a dealer and a TrueCar user by analyzing information provided to us by a variety of data sources, including our affinity group marketing partners, third-party data aggregators and dealers.
Long-term, strategic relationships with affinity groups
We have built long-term relationships with our affinity group marketing partners, including USAA, Consumer Reports, AAA, American Express , and PenFed, for which we operate automobile buying programs. We also offer car-buying programs as an employee benefit directly to corporate customers, such as Boeing and Verizon, and, indirectly, through employee benefit program administrators, to customers such as Disney and Walmart. These relationships are generally exclusive to us and are featured prominently on the affinity group partner websites. We enhance affinity group members’ car-buying experience by providing additional benefits to them, such as facilitating the distribution and promotion of targeted incentives from automobile manufacturers and special loan and financing offers. We believe that affinity group members represent an attractive audience for our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers because the affinity group or employment relationship creates a deeper level of engagement between the in-market car buyer and the TrueCar Certified Dealer.
In May 2014, we entered into an extension of our affinity group marketing agreement with USAA, extending the agreement through February 2020. As part of the agreement we issued USAA a warrant to purchase up to 1,458,979 shares of the Company’s common stock, of which 392,313 shares have an exercise price of $7.95 per share and 1,066,666 shares have an exercise price of $15.00 per share. The warrant becomes exercisable based on the achievement of certain updated performance milestones tied to the level of vehicle sales to USAA members through our auto buying platforms. The warrant shall terminate on the earlier of the eighth anniversary of the date of issuance, the first anniversary of the termination of the USAA car-buying program or the date on which we no longer operate the USAA car-buying program. In addition pursuant to the agreement extension, we will provide USAA funding for marketing support, including loan subvention programs with the total funding obligations being tied to the level of vehicle sales to USAA members through our auto buying platforms.
Operations guided by insights derived from quantitative data analysis
We access consumer, dealer , and third-party data to power our platform. We view quantitative data analysis as core to our culture, operations , and decision-making. We believe our quantitative analytical capabilities enable us to derive insights into consumers and dealers that help inform several of our key areas of focus. These areas include sales matching, dealer network expansion , and product roadmap prioritization. Sales matching, or linking the sale of a vehicle to a TrueCar user, is the key to identifying cars bought by TrueCar users at a TrueCar Certified Dealer. We seek to selectively expand our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers to optimize coverage based on analysis of historical consumer search and shopping behavior. New products, such as our targeted incentives program, are a direct result of utilizing the insights gained from our interaction with consumers and dealers. In general, our business intelligence organization is responsible for tracking internal performance metrics, gleaning insights, and helping to improve our operations.
Visionary management team with extensive automotive expertise
Our Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Scott Painter, is a pioneer in the online automotive industry, having founded CarsDirect, one of the industry’s first successful online automotive businesses. A team of experienced senior executives, with management backgrounds at automotive manufacturers and retailers, online automotive marketing firms, state dealer associations, Internet companies , and financial institutions, augments his leadership.
10
Growth Strategy
We are in the early stages of pursuing our mission to transform car-buying for consumers and the industry . Key elements of our growth strategy are:
Expand the number of visitors to our platform
In December 2014, we had approximately 5.0 million unique visitors to our platform. Consumers visit our platform via two major channels: (i) the TrueCar website and our branded mobile applications and (ii) our network of affinity group marketing partners whose online car-buying programs we manage. We intend to grow traffic to our website and TrueCar branded mobile experience by building our brand through marketing campaigns that emphasize the value of trust and transparency in the car-buying process and the benefits of transacting with TrueCar Certified Dealers. We also plan to leverage a variety of media to reach potential consumers including television and radio. We will also utilize digital acquisition strategies and social media to build our brand and drive traffic growth. We intend to grow affinity group marketing partner traffic by creative marketing programs, such as subsidizing interest rates on loans, and providing other incentives from third parties that deliver a tangible economic benefit to transacting members, increasing awareness of the car-buying program among the members of our affinity group partners and adding new affinity group marketing partners that bring additional users to our platform.
Improve the user experience
We seek to transform the car buying experience by empowering consumers to control the entire transaction using their mobile devices. We continue to increase the number of transactions between users of our platform and TrueCar Certified Dealers through a variety of methods, including, consistently evaluating and improving our products to enhance the user experience, engaging users with relevant content about car pricing, available incentives and other benefits in real time via their mobile devices , and expanding and improving the geographic coverage of our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. In addition, we continuously seek to enhance our Dealer Certification and Training programs focused on delivering a superior consumer experience. As we continue to improve the user experience on our platform, we believe that our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers will increase the likelihood of a sale to these consumers.
Expand monetization opportunities
Over time, we intend to increase monetization opportunities by introducing additional products and services to improve the car-buying experience as well as by working more closely with automobile manufacturers. For example, we are developing a vehicle trade-in solution called TrueTrade to provide users with an estimated daily market value for their existing cars and guaranteed trade-in price , which we believe will provide TrueCar Certified Dealers with access to quality used vehicles to purchase. We have also developed and will soon launch Live Prospect, a tool that enables OEMs to make private, one-on-one offers to consumers deep in the shopping process on our platform .
11
Products and Services
Consumer
We believe consumers choose the TrueCar website and our branded mobile applications and our affinity group marketing partner websites to simplify the car-buying process and to achieve confidence in the pricing information they receive for a car. We present relevant market data to consumers, including information about pricing for specific makes and models of cars in their area. We provide access to our platform and its robust data at no cost to the consumer. Consumers interface with us via our website and our TrueCar branded mobile applications and affinity group marketing partner websites.
The following are key elements of our consumer experience:
Market pricing data . Through our websites and mobile applications, a consumer selects a vehicle, adds desired options and inputs a ZIP code. In most instances, we then present the consumer with the TrueCar Curve, a graphical distribution of what others paid for the same make and model of car. Within this distribution, we include MSRP, factory invoice, and average price pai d for that make and model in the consumer’s local market. We generally provide
12
consumers with our TrueCar Estimate , which is based on data relevant to the consumer’s configured vehicle . This information enables the consumer to evaluate a potential price in the context of broader market data.
Dealer interface . If the consumer elects to move forward, she registers with TrueCar. Upon registration, the consumer is generally presented with up to three estimated prices and available guaranteed savings off MSRP from the TrueCar Certified Dealers that are displayed to the consumer, based on algorithms that weigh several factors, including proximity of the dealer to the consumer, vehicle selection, price and consumer experience scores. In addition to the estimated prices and available guaranteed savings, the consumer is provided with information about the dealers, such as distance to each dealership, any additional services offered at each dealer, and in most instances, an estimated monthly
13
payment based on each TrueCar Estimate price. At this stage, the dealers are still anonymous to the consumer and no information has been shared with the dealer about the consumer.
14
Price certificate . In most instances, after reviewing the estimated pricing and available guaranteed savings off MSRP provided by dealers, the consumer may elect to receive a Guaranteed Savings Certificate from each of the selected dealers by providing contact information to such dealers. This certificate entitles the consumer to the stated amount of guaranteed savings off MSRP for the consumer’s selected make and model. While the certificate presents estimated pricing information for the consumer’s configured vehicle, the certificate entitles the consumer to receive a guaranteed minimum savings amount off MSRP on any vehicle of that particular make and model that the dealer has available for sale. Consumers typically present this certificate to the dealer when consummating the purchase.
Dealer
Our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers interfaces with our platform primarily through our Dealer Portal , an application that can be accessed online or using a mobile device . The Dealer Portal enables them to assess the competitiveness of their vehicle pricing relative to their market, enter vehicle pricing, manage users, create custom detailed offers based on vehicles in stock, update their dealership profile, access online training, review invoices , and assess their profit on cars they sell. Our TrueCar Certified Dealers generally must provide us access to their transaction
15
and inventory data located in the software used to run their dealerships, commonly known as their Dealer Management System, or DMS. Our platform typically updates dealer records on a daily basis, ensuring this information stays current.
Pricing tools . The Pricing Manager provides dealers with a single interface to assess the competiveness of their vehicle pricing relative to their market and set pricing on all makes and models they offer for sale. The Sales Analyzer helps dealers better understand how their pricing for recently sold vehicles compares to the market, whether or not the customer transaction was with one of our users.
Closing tools . The Offer Tool helps dealers create custom detailed offers based on vehicles in stock. The Dealership Profile enables dealers to identify their selling benefits to customers, including salesperson names and pictures, dealership makes, hours of operation and website and social media links.
Training tool s. The TrueCar Dealer Training System combines videos and interactive tests to help dealers better understand and more effectively use our various products.
Manufacturers
We enable manufacturers to target consumers based on membership in an affinity group, demographic data and other criteria. By integrating this process into our platform, manufacturers provide consumers the ability to generate a unique coupon that can be redeemed and validated at any dealership across the country in connection with the purchase of a new car. By tracking these incentives in their own reporting systems, manufacturers can account directly for this method of reaching consumers. These manufacturers pay a per-vehicle fee to us for this service.
16
Used car listings
For consumers looking to purchase a used car, we provide an aggregated listing of used vehicles in their local marketplace. These listings are consolidated from variety of sources, including our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. In addition to displaying stated information made available by the seller about the pricing and condition of car, we provide consumers with information related to the value of other cars of the same make, model, year and stated condition in the market. At our website, the user can contact the seller, identifying herself as a TrueCar user, to initiate communications that may ultimately result in a completed transaction.
Automotive Lease Guide
We forecast data on residual values of cars and provide this information on a subscription and consultative basis via Automotive Lease Guide, or ALG, our wholly-owned subsidiary. Automotive manufacturers, lenders, lessors, dealers , and software providers use information from ALG to determine the residual value of an automobile at given points in time in the future. These residual values are used to underwrite automotive loans and leases to determine payments by consumers. In addition, financial institutions use this information to measure exposure and risk across loan, lease , and fleet portfolios.
Insurance
We offer insurers FastTrack, a toolset that allows claims representatives to refer consumers who have experienced a vehicle total loss event, when the insurer estimates the repair cost to exceed the replacement value of the vehicle, to our car-buying program. We first introduced this service in 2008.
17
Sales and Marketing
Consumer marketing
We reach consumers through the TrueCar website and our branded mobile applications and websites we maintain for our affinity group marketing partners. Our marketing is focused on building the TrueCar brand. The key tenets of our brand are providing transparent market price information and a hassle-free car-buying experience at a TrueCar Certified Dealer. We divide our marketing spend between traditional media sources, such as television and radio, and digital media. Our consumer brand awareness efforts are aided by the fact that we are quoted in various media outlets from time to time as a recognized industry authority on automotive retail and online data forecasting.
We also support initiatives for our affinity group marketing partners, including USAA, Consumer Reports, AAA, American Express , and PenFed. These initiatives are designed to promote awareness of the organizations’ car-buying programs among their memberships through a variety of media, including email, direct mail, website development, print, online advertising, Internet search engine marketing, Internet search engine optimization , and social networking.
Dealer engagement and industry relations
Our dealer sales force is responsible for managing our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, optimizing our TrueCar Certified Dealer coverage across brands and geographies and for providing onboarding and dealer support. Our sales force helps dealers grow their businesses by regularly providing data-driven insights on inventory management and pricing.
Our ability to understand the needs of, actively listen to, and collaborate with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers is crucial to our success. Many of our dealer sales force employees have worked at dealerships or OEMs . In response to feedback from our dealer network, in 2012 we formed an advisory panel of influential dealers to regularly meet with our senior management team to provide updates and opinions on how to improve our role in the car selling experience for dealers.
Competition
The automotive retail industry is highly competitive and fragmented. Consumers use a variety of online and offline sources to research vehicle information, obtain vehicle pricing information and identify dealers. In addition, dealers use a variety of marketing channels to promote themselves to consumers.
Competition for consumer awareness
We compete to attract consumers directly to our TrueCar.com website and mobile applications primarily on the basis of the quality of the consumer experience; the breadth, depth and accuracy of information; brand awareness and reputation.
Our principal competitors for consumer awareness include:
|
· |
|
O nline automotive classified listings sites such as A utoTrader.com, Cars.com, CarGurus.com, and eBay Motors ; |
|
· |
|
Online automotive content publishers such as Edmunds.com, KBB.com , and Autobytel.com; |
|
· |
|
Internet search engines such as Google, Bing, and Yahoo; |
|
· |
|
online sites operated by automobile manufacturers, such as General Motors and Ford; |
18
|
· |
|
membership-based car-buying services, such as the Costco Auto Program, enabling members to purchase cars from affiliated dealers at preferential terms; and |
|
· |
|
offline automotive classified listings, such as trade periodicals and local newspapers. |
Competition for car dealer marketing spend
We compete for a share of car dealers’ overall marketing expenditures within online and offline media marketing channels. We compete primarily on the basis of the transaction-readiness of our users; the efficiency of customer acquisition as compared to alternative methods; the accountability and measurability of our service; product features, analytics and tools; dealer support; and the size of our prospective car buyer audience. Other businesses also derive a majority of their revenue by offering consumer marketing services to dealers. These companies include listings, information, lead generation and car-buying services, and compete with us for dealer marketing spend.
Our principal competitors for car dealer marketing spend include:
|
· |
|
online automotive content publishers such as Edmunds.com and KBB.com selling impression- based display advertising, and online automotive classified listing sites such as AutoTrader.com and Cars.com selling inventory-based subscription billing; |
|
· |
|
Lead Generators such as Autobytel.com selling pay-per-lead advertising; |
|
· |
|
Internet search engines such as Google selling cost-per-click advertising; and |
|
· |
|
offline media, including newspaper, outdoor advertising, radio, television and direct mail. |
Technology
We have designed our technology infrastructure, website and products to provide consumers, dealers and other parties with the information they need to effect a successful car purchase. We deliver this information through a reliable, secure, scalable and locally-adaptable web-based information and communications platform. This platform is accessed by consumers through the TrueCar website and our branded mobile applications and affinity group marketing partner websites and by dealers through our software tools available on our Dealer Portal. Supporting each of these user interfaces are advanced systems for processing and analyzing automotive data, including features such as vehicle configurators and predictive consumer behavior modeling, as well as our proprietary matching algorithm to compare our transaction-based data sources with our record of online users for processing and billing. We use a combination of open source and licensed software running on optimized hardware, which allows for cost-effective, flexible development.
Our data is housed in two scalable, geographically redundant data center co-location facilities in Los Angeles and Chicago. We have adopted a centralized approach to quality assurance and testing for our platform and all products aimed at enhancing consumer and dealer experiences while seeking to optimize availability, scalability, security and performance.
Intellectual Property
We protect our intellectual property through a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions.
At December 31, 2014, we had 1 5 U.S. issued patents, 3 8 pending U.S. patent applications, 2 issued foreign patents, and 1 7 pending foreign patent applications. The issued and allowed patents begin expiring in September 2029 through August 2032. We intend to pursue additional patent protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial to our competitive position.
19
We have a number of registered and unregistered trademarks. We registered “ TrueCar, ” the TrueCar logo, various TRUE marks and other marks as trademarks in the U.S. and several other jurisdictions. We also have filed trademark applications for ALG and others in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, and will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe it would be beneficial to our competitive position.
In addition to the protection provided by our intellectual property rights, we enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors, and business partners. Our employees and contractors are also subject to invention assignment agreements. We further control the use of our proprietary technology and intellectual property through provisions in both our general and product-specific terms of use on our website.
Regulatory Matters
Various aspects of our business are or may be subject to U.S. federal and state regulation. In particular, the advertising and sale of new or used motor vehicles is highly regulated by the states in which we do business. Although we do not sell motor vehicles, the dealers from which we derive a significant portion of our revenues do sell motor vehicles. Moreover, state regulatory authorities or other third parties could take and, on some occasions, have taken the position that some of the regulations applicable to dealers or to the manner in which motor vehicles are advertised and sold generally are directly applicable to our business model.
For example, we received an Investigative Demand, dated October 30, 2013, from the Oregon Attorney General (the “ Oregon Inquiry ” ) requesting information regarding potential noncompliance with the Oregon Unlawful Trade Practices Act. We cooperated with the Oregon Department of Justice in an effort to reach consensual resolution of the issues raised by the Oregon Inquiry without making material, unfavorable adjustments to our business practices or user experience in Oregon. We believe we have responded fully to all information requests received in connection with the Oregon Inquiry. No material, unfavorable adjustments to our business practices or user experience in Oregon have been requested or made in connection with the Oregon Inquiry.
W e received a letter dated May 5, 2014 from the Consumer Protection Division of the Mississippi Attorney General's Office (the “ Mississippi AG Inquiry ” ) suggesting that we may be acting unlawfully as an auto broker in Mississippi. We cooperated with the Mississippi Attorney General's office in an effort to reach consensual resolution of the issues raised by the Mississippi AG I nquiry without making material unfavorable adjustments to our business practices or user experience in Mississippi. We believe we have responded fully to all information requests received in connection with the Mississippi AG Inquiry. No material, unfavorable adjustments to our business practices or user experience in Mississippi have been requested or made in connection with the Mississippi AG Inquiry.
More recently, we learned that on or around November 17, 2014, the Mississippi Motor Vehicle Commission (the “MMVC”) sent a letter to Mississippi dealers suggesting that we may be acting unlawfully as an auto broker in Mississippi (the “MMVC Letter”). We intend to engage in a dialogue with the MMVC in an effort to reach consensual resolution of the issues raised by the MMVC Letter without making material, unfavorable adjustments to our business practices or user experience in Mississippi.
In order to operate in this highly regulated environment, we have developed our products and services with a view toward appropriately managing the risk that our regulatory compliance or the regulatory compliance of the dealers in our dealer network could be challenged. If , and to the extent that , our products and services fail to satisfy relevant regulatory requirements, our business or our TrueCar Certified Dealers could be subject to significant civil and criminal penalties, including fines, or the award of significant damages in class action or other civil litigation, as well as orders interfering with our ability to continue providing our products and services in certain states.
Given the regulatory environment in which we and our participating dealers operate, in designing our products and services, we have focused considerable attention on two areas of state regulation: state advertising regulations and state brokering or “ bird-dogging ” regulations. With respect to advertising, we believe that most of the content displayed on the websites we operate does not constitute advertising for the sale of new motor vehicles. Nevertheless, we endeavor to design the content such that it would comply insofar as practicable with state advertising regulations if and to the
20
extent that the content is considered to be new vehicle sales advertising. With respect to state brokering or “ bird-dogging ” regulations, we have designed our products and services in a manner that aims to avoid the applicability of those regulations.
Our efforts to design products and services in a manner that appropriately manages the regulatory compliance risk for our business and our participating dealers are complicated by the fact that the related automotive sales and marketing laws vary from state to state, and even within a given state, are frequently susceptible to multiple interpretations. These laws were generally developed decades before the emergence of the Internet, are subject to significant revision or modification, and the manner in which they should be applied to our business model is frequently open to question. As a practical matter, state automobile dealer associations often have considerable influence over the construction of these laws by the relevant state regulatory authorities. Accordingly, in addition to our dialogues with relevant state agencies, we interface on a regular basis with representatives from automobile dealer associations in order to take their views into account as we continually update our products and services. The specific manner in which we have designed our products and services in an effort to manage state regulatory compliance concerns for us and our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers is the result of extensive analysis, which has required the investment of substantial resources that we believe represents a valuable asset of our business. However, w e cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully comply with current or future regulations to which our business may be subject.
Employees
At December 31, 2014, we had 4 63 full-time employees at locations in Santa Monica, Santa Barbara, Austin and San Francisco. We also engage a number of temporary employees and consultants to support our operations. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.
Available Information
Our internet address is www.true.com . Our investor relations website is located at http://ir.true.com/ . We make our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) periodic reports (Form 10-Q and Forms 10-K) and current reports (Forms 8-K), and amendments to these reports, available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed electronically with the SEC. We may from time to time provide important disclosures to investors by posting them in the investor relations section of our website, as allowed by SEC rules.
Materials we file with the SEC may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding our company that we file electronically with the SEC.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this report, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and Part II, Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” before making an investment in our common stock. If any of the following risks is realized, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not believed by us to be material could also impact us.
21
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
If key industry participants, including car dealers and automobile manufacturers, perceive us in a negative light or our relationships with them suffer harm, our ability to grow and our financial performance may be damaged.
Our primary source of revenue consists of fees paid by TrueCar Certified Dealers to us in connection with the sales of automobiles to our users. In addition, our value proposition to consumers depends on our ability to provide pricing information on automobiles from a sufficient number of automobile dealers by brand and in a given consumer’s geographic area. If our relationships with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers suffer harm in a manner that leads to the departure of these dealers from our network, then our revenue and ability to maintain and grow unique visitor traffic will be adversely affected.
At the end of 2011 and the beginning of 2012, due to certain regulatory and publicity-related challenges, many dealers cancelled their agreements with us and our franchise dealer count fell from 5,571 at November 30, 2011 to 3,599 at February 28, 2012.
TrueCar Certified Dealers have no contractual obligation to maintain their relationship with us. Accordingly, these dealers may leave our network at any time or may develop or use other products or services in lieu of ours. Further, while we believe that our service provides a lower cost, accountable customer acquisition channel, dealers may have difficulty rationalizing their marketing spend across TrueCar and other channels, which potentially has the effect of diluting our dealer value proposition. If we are unable to create and maintain a compelling value proposition for dealers to become and remain TrueCar Certified Dealers, our dealer network would not grow and may begin to decline.
In addition, although the automobile dealership industry is fragmented, a small number of groups have significant influence over the industry. These groups include state and national dealership associations, state regulators, car manufacturers, consumer groups, individual dealers and consolidated dealer groups. To the extent that these groups believe that automobile dealerships should not partner with us, this belief may become quickly and widely shared by automobile dealerships and we may lose a significant number of dealers in our network. A significant number of automobile dealerships are also members of larger dealer groups, and to the extent that a group decides to leave our network, this decision would typically apply to all dealerships within the group.
Furthermore, automobile manufacturers may provide their franchise dealers with financial or other marketing support, provided that such dealers adhere to certain marketing guidelines. Automobile manufacturers may determine that the manner in which certain of their franchise dealers use our platform is inconsistent with the terms of such marketing guidelines, which determination could result in potential or actual loss of the manufacturers’ financial or other marketing support to the dealers whose use of the platform is deemed objectionable. The potential or actual loss of such marketing support may cause such dealers to cease being members of our TrueCar Certified Dealer network, which may adversely affect our ability to maintain or grow the n umber of dealers in our network or the revenue derived from those dealers.
We cannot assure you that we will maintain strong relationships with the dealers in our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers or that we will not suffer dealer attrition in the future. We may also have disputes with dealers from time to time, including relating to the collection of fees from them and other matters. We may need to modify our products, change pricing or take other actions to address dealer concerns in the future. If a significant number of these automobile dealerships decided to leave our network or change their financial or business relationship with us, then our business, growth, operating results, financial condition and prospects would suffer. Additionally, if we are unable to add dealers to our network, our growth could be impaired.
22
Our recent, rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth and, if we continue to grow rapidly, we may not be able to manage our growth effectively.
Our revenue grew from $38.1 million in 2010 to $ 206.6 million in 2014. We expect that, in the future, as our revenue increases, our rate of growth will decline. In addition, we will not be able to grow as fast or at all if we do not accomplish the following:
|
· |
|
maintain and grow our affinity group marketing partner relationships; |
|
· |
|
increase the number of users of our products and services, and in particular the number of unique visitors to the TrueCar website and our branded mobile applications; |
|
· |
|
maintain and expand our dealer network; |
|
· |
|
further improve the quality of our existing products and services, and introduce high quality new products and services; |
|
· |
|
increase the number of transactions between our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers; and |
|
· |
|
introduce third party ancillary products and services. |
We may not successfully accomplish any of these objectives. We plan to continue our investment in future growth. We expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:
|
· |
|
marketing and advertising, including a significant increase to our television advertising expenditures; |
|
· |
|
product development; including investments in our product development team and the development of new products and new features for existing products; and |
|
· |
|
general administration, including legal, accounting and other compliance expenses related to being a public company. |
In addition, our historical rapid growth has placed and may continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial resources. We have also experienced significant growth in the number of users of our platform as well as the amount of data that we analyze. As we continue to grow, we expect to hire additional personnel. Finally, our organizational structure is becoming more complex as we add additional staff, and we will need to improve our operational, financial and management controls as well as our reporting systems and procedures. We will require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of valuable management resources to grow and change in these areas without undermining our corporate culture of rapid innovation, teamwork and attention to the car-buying experience for the consumer and the economics of the dealer.
We may be unable to maintain or grow relationships with information data providers or may experience interruptions in the data feeds they provide, which may limit the information that we are able to provide to our users and dealers as well as the timeliness of such information and may impair our ability to attract or retain consumers and TrueCar Certified Dealers and to timely invoice our dealers.
We receive automobile purchase data from many third-party data providers, including our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, DMS data feed providers, data aggregators and integrators, survey companies, purveyors of registration data and our affinity group marketing partners. In the states in which we employ a pay-per-sale billing model, we use this data to match purchases with users that obtained a Guaranteed Savings Certificate from a TrueCar Certified Dealer so that we may collect a transaction fee from those dealers and recognize revenue from the related transactions.
23
From time to time, we experience interruptions in one or more data feeds that we receive from third-party data providers, particularly DMS system data feed providers, in a manner that affects our ability to timely invoice the dealers in our network. These interruptions may occur for a number of reasons, including changes to the software used by these data feed providers and difficulties in renewing our agreements with third-party data feed providers. In the states in which we employ a pay-per-sale billing model, an interruption in the data feeds that we receive may affect our ability to match automobile purchases with users that obtained a Guaranteed Savings Certificate from a TrueCar Certified Dealer, thereby delaying our submission of an invoice to an automobile dealer in our network for a given transaction and delaying the timing of cash receipts from the dealer. The redundancies of data feeds received from multiple providers may not result in sufficient data to match automobile purchases with users that obtained a Guaranteed Savings Certificate from a TrueCar Certified Dealer. In the case of an interruption in our data feeds, our billing structure may transition to a subscription model for automobile dealers in our network until the interruption ceases. However, our subscription billing model may result in lower revenues during an interruption and, when an interruption ceases, we are not always able to retroactively match a transaction and collect a fee. In addition, our likelihood of collection of the fee owed to us for a given transaction decreases for those periods in which we are unable to submit an invoice to automobile dealers. Interruptions which occur in close proximity to the end of a given reporting period could result in delays in our ability to recognize those transaction revenues in that reporting period and these short falls in transaction revenue could be material to our operating results.
We have operated our business at scale for a limited period of time and we cannot predict whether we will continue to grow. If we are unable to successfully respond to changes in the market, our business could be harmed.
Our business has grown rapidly as users and automobile dealers have increasingly used our products and services. However, our business is relatively new and has operated at a substantial scale for only a limited period of time. Given this limited history, it is difficult to predict whether we will be able to maintain or grow our business. We expect that our business will evolve in ways which may be difficult to predict. For example, we anticipate that over time we may reach a point when investments in new user traffic are less productive and the continued growth of our revenue will require more focus on increasing the number of transactions from which we derive revenue. It is also possible that car dealers could broadly determine that they no longer believe in the value of our services. In the event of these or any other developments, our continued success will depend on our ability to successfully adjust our strategy to meet the changing market dynamics. If we are unable to do so, our business could be harmed and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
We have a history of losses and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.
We have not been profitable since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $ 211.0 million at December 31, 2014. From time to time in the past, we have made significant investments in our operations which have not resulted in corresponding revenue growth and, as a result, increased our losses. We expect to make significant future investments to support the further development and expansion of our business and these investments may not result in increased revenue or growth on a timely basis or at all. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. As a result of these increased expenditures, we have to generate and sustain increased revenue to achieve and maintain profitability.
We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including slowing demand for our products and services, increasing competition, weakness in the automobile industry generally, as well as other risks described in herein , and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays, and other unknown factors. If we incur losses in the future, we may not be able to reduce costs effectively because many of our costs are fixed. In addition, to the extent that we reduce variable costs to respond to losses, this may affect our ability to acquire consumers and dealers and grow our revenues. Accordingly, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability and we may continue to incur significant losses in the future, and this could cause the price of our common stock to decline.
24
The loss of a significant affinity group marketing partner or a significant reduction in the number of cars purchased from our TrueCar Certified Dealers by members of our affinity group marketing partners would reduce our revenue and harm our operating results.
Our financial performance is substantially dependent upon the number of automobiles purchased from TrueCar Certified Dealers by users of the TrueCar website and our branded mobile applications and the car-buying sites we maintain for our affinity group marketing partners. Currently, a majority of the automobiles purchased by our users were matched to the car-buying sites we maintain for our affinity group marketing partners. As a result, our relationships with our affinity group marketing partners are critical to our business and financial performance. However, several aspects of our relationship with affinity groups might change in a manner that harms our business and financial performance, including:
|
· |
|
affinity group marketing partners might terminate their relationship with us or make such relationship non-exclusive, resulting in a reduction in the number of transactions between users of our platform and TrueCar Certified Dealers; |
|
· |
|
affinity group marketing partners might de-emphasize the automobile buying programs within their offerings, resulting in a decrease in the number of transactions between their members and our TrueCar Certified Dealers; or |
|
· |
|
the economic structure of our agreements with affinity group marketing partners might change, resulting in a decrease in our operating margins on transactions by their members. |
A significant change to our relationships with affinity group marketing partners may have a negative effect on our business in other ways. For example, the termination by an affinity group marketing partner of our relationship may create the perception that our products and services are no longer beneficial to the members of affinity groups or a more general negative association with our business. In addition, a termination by an affinity group marketing partner may result in the loss of the data provided to us by them with respect to automobile transactions. This loss of data may decrease the quantity and quality of the information that we provide to consumers and may also reduce our ability to identify transactions for which we can invoice dealers. If our relationships with affinity group marketing partners change our business, revenue, operating results and prospects may be harmed.
Any adverse change in our relationship with United Services Automobile Association, or USAA, could harm our business.
The single largest source of user traffic from our affinity group marketing partners comes from the program we operate for USAA , and USAA is our largest single stockholder. At Decembe r 31, 2014 USAA held 14, 493 , 337 shares of common stock, which represents 18 .2 % of our outstanding common stock at December 3 1, 2014. In 2014, nearly 206,000 units, or 34 .0% of all units purchased by users from TrueCar Certified Dealers, were matched to users of the car-buying site we maintain for USAA. We define units as the number of automobiles purchased by our users from TrueCar Certified Dealers through the TrueCar website and our branded mobile applications or the car buying sites we maintain for our affinity group marketing partners. As such, USAA has a significant influence on our operating results.
In May 2014, we entered into an extension of our affinity group marketing agreement with USAA that extends through February 13, 2020, but we cannot assure you that our agreement with USAA will be extended at the expiration of the current agreement on terms satisfactory to us, or at all. In addition, USAA has broad discretion in how the car-buying site we maintain for USAA is promoted and marketed on its own website. Changes in this promotion and marketing has in the past and may in the future adversely affect the volume of user traffic we receive from USAA. C hanges in our relationship with USAA or its promotion and marketing of our platform could adversely affect our business and operating results in the future.
25
We are subject to a complex framework of federal and state laws and regulations primarily concerning vehicle sales, advertising and brokering, many of which are unsettled, still developing and contradictory, which have in the past, and could in the future, subject us to claims, challenge our business model or otherwise harm our business.
Various aspects of our business are or may be subject, directly or indirectly, to U.S. federal and state laws and regulations. Failure to comply with such laws or regulations may result in the suspension or termination of our ability to do business in affected jurisdictions or the imposition of significant civil and criminal penalties, including fines or the award of significant damages against us and our TrueCar Certified Dealers in class action or other civil litigation.
State Motor Vehicle Sales, Advertising and Brokering Laws
The advertising and sale of new or used motor vehicles is highly regulated by the states in which we do business. Although we do not sell motor vehicles, state regulatory authorities or third parties could take the position that some of the regulations applicable to dealers or to the manner in which motor vehicles are advertised and sold generally are directly applicable to our business. If our products and services are determined to not comply with relevant regulatory requirements, we or our TrueCar Certified Dealers could be subject to significant civil and criminal penalties, including fines, or the award of significant damages in class action or other civil litigation as well as orders interfering with our ability to continue providing our products and services in certain states. In addition, even absent such a determination, to the extent dealers are uncertain about the applicability of such laws and regulations to our business, we may lose, or have difficulty increasing the number of, TrueCar Certified Dealers in our network, which would affect our future growth.
Several states in which we do business have laws and regulations that strictly regulate or prohibit the brokering of motor vehicles or the making of so-called “ bird-dog ” payments by dealers to third parties in connection with the sale of motor vehicles through persons other than licensed salespersons. If our products or services are determined to fall within the scope of such laws or regulations, we may be forced to implement new measures, which could be costly, to reduce our exposure to those obligations, including the discontinuation of certain products or services in affected jurisdictions. Additionally, such a determination could subject us or our TrueCar Certified Dealers to significant civil or criminal penalties, including fines, or the award of significant damages in class action or other civil litigation.
In addition to generally applicable consumer protection laws, many states in which we do business have laws and regulations that specifically regulate the advertising for sale of new or used motor vehicles. These state advertising laws and regulations are frequently subject to multiple interpretations and are not uniform from state to state, sometimes imposing inconsistent requirements on the advertiser of a new or used motor vehicle. If the content displayed on the websites we operate is determined or alleged to be inaccurate or misleading, under motor vehicle advertising laws, generally applicable consumer protection laws, or otherwise, we could be subject to significant civil and criminal penalties, including fines, or the award of significant damages in class action or other civil litigation. Moreover, such allegations, even if unfounded or decided in our favor, could be extremely costly to defend, could require us to pay significant sums in settlements, and could interfere with our ability to continue providing our products and services in certain states.
From time to time, certain state authorities and dealer associations have taken the position that aspects of our products and services violate state brokering, bird-dog, or advertising laws. When such allegations have arisen, we have endeavored to resolve the identified concerns on a consensual and expeditious basis, through negotiation and education efforts, without resorting to the judicial process. In certain instances, we have nevertheless been obligated to suspend all or certain aspects of our business operations in a state pending the resolution of such issues, the resolution of which included the payment of fines in 2011 and 2012 in the aggregate amount of approximately $26,000. For example, in the beginning of 2012, following implementation of our first nationwide television advertising campaign, state regulatory inquiries with respect to the compliance of our products and services with state brokering, bird-dog, and advertising laws intensified to a degree not previously experienced by us. Responding to and resolving these inquiries, as well as our efforts to ameliorate the related adverse publicity and loss of TrueCar Certified Dealers from our network, resulted in decreased revenues and increased expenses and, accordingly, increased our losses during much of 2012.
26
In October 2013, we received an Investigative Demand from the Oregon Attorney General (the “ Oregon Inquiry ” ) requesting information regarding potential noncompliance with the Oregon Unlawful Trade Practices Act. We are cooperating with the Oregon Department of Justice in an effort to reach consensual resolution of the issues raised by the Oregon Inquiry without making material, unfavorable adjustments to our business practices or user experience in Oregon. We cannot assure you that these efforts will be successful.
M ore recently, in May 2014, we received a letter from the Consumer Protection Division of the Mississippi Attorney General's Office (the “ Mississippi AG Inquiry ” ) suggesting that we may be acting unlawfully as an auto broker in Mississippi. We cooperated with the Mississippi Attorney General's office in an effort to reach consensual resolution of the issues raised by the Mississippi AG Inquiry without making material unfavorable adjustments to our business practices or user experience in Mississippi. We believe we have responded fully to all information requests received in connection with the Mississippi AG Inquiry. No material, unfavorable adjustments to our business practices or user experience in Mississippi have been requested or made in connection with the Mississippi AG Inquiry , but we cannot assure you that such adjustments will not be requested or made in the future.
Still m ore recently, in November 2014, we learned that , on or around November 17, 2014, the Mississippi Motor Vehicle Commission (the “MMVC”) sent a letter to Mississippi dealers suggesting that we may be acting unlawfully as an auto broker in Mississippi (the “MMVC Letter”). We undertook a dialogue with the MMVC in an effort to reach consensual resolution of the issues raised by the MMVC Letter without making material, unfavorable adjustments to our business practices or user experience in Mississippi. These efforts are ongoing. We cannot assure you that these efforts will be successful.
If state regulators or other third parties take the position in the future that our products or services violate applicable brokering, bird-dog, or advertising laws or regulations, responding to such allegations could be costly, could require us to pay significant sums in settlements, could require us to pay civil and criminal penalties, including fines, could interfere with our ability to continue providing our products and services in certain states, or could require us to make adjustments to our products and services or the manner in which we derive revenue from our participating dealers, any or all of which could result in substantial adverse publicity, loss of TrueCar Certified Dealers from our network, decreased revenues, increased expenses, and decreased profitability.
Federal Advertising Regulations
The Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, has authority to take actions to remedy or prevent advertising practices that it considers to be unfair or deceptive and that affect commerce in the United States. If the FTC takes the position in the future that any aspect of our business constitutes an unfair or deceptive advertising practice, responding to such allegations could require us to pay significant damages, settlements, and civil penalties, or could require us to make adjustments to our products and services, any or all of which could result in substantial adverse publicity, loss of participating dealers, lost revenues, increased expenses, and decreased profitability.
In addition, we have been named as a defendant in a lawsuit purportedly filed on behalf of numerous automotive dealers who are not on the TrueCar platform on March 9, 2015. The complaint alleges that we have violated the Lanham Act as well as various state laws prohibiting unfair competition and deceptive acts or practices. The complaint seeks relief of over $250 million in damages as a result of the alleged diversion of customers from the plaintiffs’ dealerships to TrueCar Certified Dealers. While we contintue to evaluate the claim, we believe that this complaint is without merit, and we intend to vigorously defend ourselves in this matter. However, we may incur significant legal fees, settlements or damage awards resulting from this or other civil litigation.
Federal Antitrust Laws
The antitrust laws prohibit, among other things, any joint conduct among competitors that would lessen competition in the marketplace. Some of the information that we obtain from dealers is competitively sensitive and, if disclosed inappropriately, could potentially be used by dealers to impede competition or otherwise diminish independent pricing activity. A governmental or private civil action alleging the improper exchange of information, or unlawful participation in price maintenance or other unlawful or anticompetitive activity, even if unfounded, could be costly to
27
defend and adversely impact our ability to maintain and grow our dealer network. For example, we have been informed that the FTC’s Bureau of Competition is conducting an investigation to determine whether firms in the retail automotive industry may have violated Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act by agreeing to refuse to deal with us. We have received a Civil Investigative Demand dated February 11, 2014 requesting that we produce certain documents and information to the FTC related to the matters under investigation by it. We are cooperating with the FTC in an effort to supply the information required by the request without unduly burdening our resources. We cannot assure you that these efforts will be successful.
In addition, governmental or private civil actions related to the antitrust laws could result in orders suspending or terminating our ability to do business or otherwise altering or limiting certain of our business practices, including the manner in which we handle or disclose dealer pricing information, or the imposition of significant civil or criminal penalties, including fines or the award of significant damages against us and our TrueCar Certified Dealers in class action or other civil litigation.
Other
The foregoing description of laws and regulations to which we are or may be subject is not exhaustive, and the regulatory framework governing our operations is subject to continuous change. The enactment of new laws and regulations or the interpretation of existing laws and regulations in an unfavorable way may affect the operation of our business, directly or indirectly, which could result in substantial regulatory compliance costs, civil or criminal penalties, including fines, adverse publicity, loss of participating dealers, lost revenues, increased expenses, and decreased profitability. Further, investigations by government agencies, including the FTC, into allegedly anticompetitive, unfair, deceptive or other business practices by us or our TrueCar Certified Dealers, could cause us to incur additional expenses and, if adversely concluded, could result in substantial civil or criminal penalties and significant legal liability.
We participate in a highly competitive market, and pressure from existing and new companies may adversely affect our business and operating results.
We face significant competition from companies that provide listings, information, lead generation, and car-buying services designed to reach consumers and enable dealers to reach these consumers.
Our competitors offer various products and services that compete with us. Some of these competitors include:
|
· |
|
Internet search engines and online automotive sites such as Google, AutoTrader.com, and eBay ; |
|
· |
|
Motors, Edmunds.com, KBB.com, Autobytel.com , and Cars.com; |
|
· |
|
sites operated by automobile manufacturers such as General Motors and Ford; |
|
· |
|
providers of offline, membership-based car-buying services such as the Costco Auto Program; and |
|
· |
|
offline automotive classified listings, such as trade periodicals and local newspapers. |
We compete with many of the above-mentioned companies and other companies for a share of car dealers’ overall marketing budget for online and offline media marketing spend. To the extent that car dealers view alternative marketing and media strategies to be superior to TrueCar, we may not be able to maintain or grow the number of TrueCar Certified Dealers and our TrueCar Certified Dealers may sell fewer cars to users of our platform, and our business, operating results and financial condition will be harmed.
We also expect that new competitors will continue to enter the online automotive retail industry with competing products and services, which could have an adverse effect on our revenue, business and financial results.
Our competitors could significantly impede our ability to expand our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers and to reach consumers. Our competitors may also develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future
28
products and services less competitive, unmarketable or obsolete. In addition, if our competitors develop products or services with similar or superior functionality to our solutions, we may need to decrease the prices for our solutions in order to remain competitive. If we are unable to maintain our current pricing structure due to competitive pressures, our revenue will be reduced and our operating results will be negatively affected.
Our current and potential competitors may have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have, and the ability to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, and support of their products and services. Additionally, they may have more extensive automotive industry relationships than we have, longer operating histories and greater name recognition. As a result, these competitors may be better able to respond more quickly with new technologies and to undertake more extensive marketing or promotional campaigns. In addition, to the extent any of our competitors have existing relationships with dealers or automobile manufacturers for marketing or data analytics solutions, those dealers and automobile manufacturers may be unwilling to continue to partner with us. If we are unable to compete with these companies, the demand for our products and services could substantially decline.
In addition, if one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future third-party data providers, technology partners, or other parties with whom we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to develop, improve, and promote our solutions. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and competitive pressures may harm our revenue, business and financial results.
If we suffer a significant interruption in our ability to gain access to third-party data, our business and operating results will suffer.
Our business also relies on our ability to analyze data for the benefit of our users and the TrueCar Certified Dealers in our network. In addition, the effectiveness of our user acquisition efforts depends in part on the availability of data relating to existing and potential users of our platform. If we experience a material disruption in the data provided to us or if third-party data providers terminate their relationship with us, the information that we provide to our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers may be limited, the quality of this information may suffer, and our business, results of operations and financial conditions could be materially and adversely affected.
The success of our business relies heavily on our marketing and branding efforts, especially with respect to the TrueCar website and our branded mobile applications, as well as those efforts of the affinity group marketing partners whose websites we power, and these efforts may not be successful.
We believe that an important component of our growth will be the growth of our business derived from the TrueCar website and our TrueCar branded mobile applications. Because TrueCar.com is a consumer brand, we rely heavily on marketing and advertising to increase the visibility of this brand with potential users of our products and services. We currently advertise through television and radio marketing campaigns, traditional print media, sponsorship programs and other means, the goal of which is to increase the strength, recognition and trust in the TrueCar.com brand and drive more unique visitors to our website and mobile applications. We incurred expenses of $ 128.6 million on sales and marketing in the year ended December 31, 2014.
Our business model relies on our ability to scale rapidly and to decrease incremental user acquisition costs as we grow. Some of our methods of advertising, including our television marketing campaign, are not currently profitable on a standalone basis because they have not yet resulted in the acquisition of sufficient users visiting our website and mobile applications such that we may recover such costs by attaining corresponding revenue growth. If we are unable to recover our marketing costs through increases in user traffic and in the number of transactions by users of our platform, or if we discontinue our broad marketing campaigns, it could have a material adverse effect on our growth, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, the number of transactions generated by the members of our affinity group marketing partners depends in part on the emphasis that these affinity group marketing partners place on marketing the purchase of cars within their platforms. For example, USAA is a large diversified financial services group of companies serving the
29
United States military community with hundreds of highly competitive product and service offerings. At any given time, USAA’s car-buying service may or may not be a priority relative to its other offerings. Consequently, changes in how USAA promotes and markets the car buying site we maintain for them can and has, from time to time in the past, affected the volume of purchases generated by USAA members. For example, in the past USAA adjusted the location and prominence of the links to our platform on their web pages, adversely affecting the volume of traffic. Should USAA or one or more of our other affinity group marketing partners decide to de-emphasize the marketing of our platform, or if their marketing efforts are otherwise unsuccessful, our revenue, business and financial results will be harmed.
We rely , in part, on Internet search engines to drive traffic to our website, and if we fail to appear prominently in the search results, our traffic would decline and our business would be adversely affected.
We depend in part on Internet search engines such as Google, Bing, and Yahoo! to drive traffic to our website. For example, when a user types an automobile into an Internet search engine, we rely on a high organic search ranking of our webpages in these search results to refer the user to our website. However, our ability to maintain high, non-paid search result rankings is not within our control. Our competitors’ Internet search engine optimization efforts may result in their websites receiving a higher search result page ranking than ours, or Internet search engines could revise their methodologies in a way that would adversely affect our search result rankings. If Internet search engines modify their search algorithms in ways that are detrimental to us, or if our competitors’ efforts are more successful than ours, overall growth in our user base could slow or our user base could decline. Internet search engine providers could provide automobile dealer and pricing information directly in search results, align with our competitors or choose to develop competing services. Our website has experienced fluctuations in search result rankings in the past, and we anticipate similar fluctuations in the future. Any reduction in the number of users directed to our website through Internet search engines could harm our business and operating results.
The failure to maintain our brand would harm our ability to grow unique visitor traffic and to expand our dealer network.
Maintaining and enhancing the TrueCar brand will depend largely on the success of our efforts to maintain the trust of our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers and to deliver value to each of our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers. If our existing or potential users perceive that we are not focused primarily on providing them with a better car-buying experience, our reputation and the strength of our brand will be adversely affected.
Complaints or negative publicity about our business practices, our marketing and advertising campaigns, our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, the integrity of the data that we provide to users, data privacy and security issues, and other aspects of our business, irrespective of their validity, could diminish users’ and dealers’ confidence in and the use of our products and services and adversely affect our brand. These concerns could also diminish the trust of existing and potential affinity group marketing partners. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or enhance our brand, and failure to do so would harm our business growth prospects and operating results.
If we are unable to provide a compelling car-buying experience to our users, the number of transactions between our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers will decline and our revenue and results of operations will suffer harm.
We cannot assure you that we are able to provide a compelling car-buying experience to our users, and our failure to do so will mean that the number of transactions between our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers will decline and we will be unable to effectively monetize our user traffic. We believe that our ability to provide a compelling car-buying experience is subject to a number of factors, including:
|
· |
|
our ability to launch new products that are effective and have a high degree of consumer engagement; |
|
· |
|
compliance of the dealers within our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers with applicable laws, regulations and the rules of our platform, including honoring the TrueCar certificates submitted by our users; and |
30
|
· |
|
our access to a sufficient amount of data to enable us to be able to provide relevant pricing information to consumers. |
The growth of our business relies significantly on our ability to increase the number of TrueCar Certified Dealers such that we are able to increase the number of transactions between our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers. Failure to do so would limit our growth.
Our ability to grow the number of TrueCar Certified Dealers, both on an overall basis and by brand in important geographies, is an important factor in growing our business. As described elsewhere in this “ Risk Factors ” section, we are a new participant in the automobile retail industry, our business has sometimes been viewed in a negative light by car dealerships, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or grow the number of car dealers in our network.
In addition, our ability to increase the number of TrueCar Certified Dealers in an optimized manner depends on strong relationships with other constituents, including car manufacturers and state dealership associations. From time to time, car manufacturers have communicated concerns about our business to the dealers in our network. For example, some car manufacturers maintain guidelines that prohibit dealers from advertising a car at a price that is below an established floor. If a TrueCar Certified Dealer within our network submits a price to us that falls below pricing guidelines established by the applicable manufacturer, the manufacturer may discourage that dealer from remaining in the network and may discourage other dealers within its brand from joining the network. For example, in late 2011, Honda publicly announced that it would not provide advertising allowances to dealers that remained in our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. While we subsequently addressed Honda’s concerns and they ceased withholding advertising allowances from our TrueCar Certified Dealers, discord with specific car manufacturers impedes our ability to grow our dealer network. In addition, state dealership associations maintain significant influence over the dealerships in their state as lobbying groups and as thought leaders. To the extent that these associations view us in a negative light, our reputation with car dealers in the corresponding state may be negatively affected. If our relationships with car manufacturers or state dealership associations suffer, our ability to maintain and grow the number of car dealers in our network will be harmed.
We cannot assure you that we will expand our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers in a manner that provides a sufficient number of dealers by brand and geography for our unique visitors and failure to do so would harm our growth.
Our ability to grow our complementary product offerings may be limited, which could negatively impact our growth rate, revenues and financial performance.
As we introduce or expand additional offerings for our platform, such as automobile trade-ins, financing, leasing, maintenance and insurance, we may incur losses or otherwise fail to enter these markets successfully. Our expansion into these markets will place us in competitive and regulatory environments with which we are unfamiliar and involves various risks, including the need to invest significant resources and the possibility that returns on such investments will not be achieved for several years, if at all. In attempting to establish our new product offerings, such as TrueTrade, and Live Prospect , we expect to incur significant expenses and face various other challenges, such as expanding our sales force and management personnel to cover these markets and complying with complicated regulations that apply to these markets. In addition, we may not successfully demonstrate the value of these ancillary products to consumers, and failure to do so would compromise our ability to successfully expand into these additional revenue streams.
Moreover, our affinity group marketing partners already offer products in many of these adjacent markets. For example, USAA, our largest stockholder and most significant affinity group marketing partner, offers financing and insurance products for its members. For those affinity group marketing partners that offer products in adjacent markets that we seek to enter, our ability to offer products in these markets to their members will be limited. If we are unable to successfully expand our ancillary product offerings, our growth rate, revenue and operating performance may be harmed.
31
If our mobile products do not adequately address the shift to mobile technology by our users, the number of transactions between our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers may not grow as quickly and our operating results could be harmed and our growth could be negatively affected.
Our future success depends in part on the continued growth in the use of our mobile products by our users and the number of transactions with TrueCar Certified Dealers that are completed by those users. In the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 42 % of unique visitors to our TrueCar.com website and the car buying sites we maintain for our affinity group marketing partners were attributable to mobile devices. The shift to mobile technology by our users may harm our business in the following ways:
|
· |
|
the use of mobile technology may not continue to grow at historical rates, and consumers may not continue to use mobile technology for automobile research; |
|
· |
|
mobile technology may not be accepted as a viable long-term platform for a number of reasons, including actual or perceived lack of security of information and possible disruptions of service or connectivity; |
|
· |
|
we may not continue to innovate and introduce enhanced products on mobile platforms; |
|
· |
|
consumers may believe that our competitors offer superior mobile products; or |
|
· |
|
our mobile applications may become incompatible with operating systems such as iOS or Android or the devices they support. |
If use of our mobile products does not continue to grow, our business and operating results could be harmed.
Our business is subject to risks related to the larger automotive ecosystem, including consumer demand, global supply chain challenges and other macroeconomic issues.
Decreases in consumer demand could adversely affect the market for automobile purchases and, as a result, reduce the number of consumers using our platform. Consumer purchases of new and used automobiles generally decline during recessionary periods and other periods in which disposable income is adversely affected. For example, the number of new vehicle sales in the United States decreased from approximately 16.1 million in 2007 to approximately 10.4 million in 2009, according to BEA. Purchases of new and used automobiles are typically discretionary for consumers and have been, and may continue to be, affected by negative trends in the economy, including the cost of energy and gasoline, the availability and cost of credit, reductions in business and consumer confidence, stock market volatility and increased unemployment. A reduction in the number of automobiles purchased by consumers could adversely affect automobile dealers and car manufacturers and lead to a reduction in other spending by these constituents, including targeted incentive programs. In addition, our business may be negatively affected by challenges to the larger automotive ecosystem, including global supply chain challenges, such as those resulting from the Japanese tsunami in 2011 and other macroeconomic issues. The foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our unique visitors, revenue and operating results.
Our revenue trends are a reflection of consumers’ car buying patterns. Across the automotive industry, consumers tend to purchase a higher volume of cars in the second and third quarters of each year, due in part to the introduction of new vehicle models from manufacturers. In the past, these seasonal trends have not been pronounced due the overall growth of our business, but we expect that in the future our revenues may be affected by these seasonal trends. Our business will also be impacted by cyclical trends affecting the overall economy, specifically the retail automobile industry, as well as by actual or threatened severe weather events.
32
We may require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances. If capital is not available to us, our business, operating results and financial condition may be harmed.
Since our founding, we have raised substantial equity and debt financing to support the growth of our business. Because we intend to continue to make investments to support the growth of our business, we may require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances, including to increase our marketing expenditures to improve our brand awareness, develop new products or services or further improve existing products and services, enhance our operating infrastructure and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. However, additional funds may not be available when we need them, on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, our current revolving credit facility contains restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, and any debt financing that we secure in the future could involve further restrictive covenants which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities. Volatility in the credit markets may also have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain debt financing.
If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected.
We collect, process, store, share, disclose and use personal information and other data, and our actual or perceived failure to protect such information and data could damage our reputation and brand and harm our business and operating results.
We collect, process, store, share, disclose and use personal information and other data provided by consumers and dealers. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to effect secure transmission of such information. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches. Any failure or perceived failure to maintain the security of personal and other data that is provided to us by consumers and dealers could harm our reputation and brand and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability, any of which could harm our business and operating results.
In addition, from time to time, concerns have been expressed about whether our products, services, or processes compromise the privacy of our users. Concerns about our practices with regard to the collection, use or disclosure of personal information or other privacy related matters, even if unfounded, could harm our business and operating results.
There are numerous federal, state and local laws around the world regarding privacy and the collection, processing, storing, sharing, disclosing, using and protecting of personal information and other data, the scope of which are changing, subject to differing interpretations, and which may be costly to comply with and may be inconsistent between countries and jurisdictions or conflict with other rules. We generally comply with industry standards and are subject to the terms of our privacy policies and privacy-related obligations to third parties. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, policies, legal obligations and industry codes of conduct relating to privacy and data protection, to the extent possible. However, it is possible that these obligations may be interpreted and applied in new ways or in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices or that new regulations could be enacted. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, our privacy-related obligations to consumers or other third parties, or our privacy-related legal obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of sensitive information, which may include personally identifiable information or other user data, may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others and could cause consumers and automobile dealers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Additionally, if vendors, developers or other third parties that we work with violate applicable laws or our policies, such violations may also put consumer or dealer information at risk and could in turn harm our reputation, business and operating results.
33
A significant disruption in service on our website or of our mobile applications could damage our reputation and result in a loss of consumers, which could harm our business, brand, operating results, and financial condition.
Our brand, reputation and ability to attract consumers, affinity groups and advertisers depend on the reliable performance of our technology infrastructure and content delivery. We may experience significant interruptions with our systems in the future. Interruptions in these systems, whether due to system failures, computer viruses, or physical or electronic break-ins, could affect the security or availability of our products on our website and mobile application, and prevent or inhibit the ability of consumers to access our products. Problems with the reliability or security of our systems could harm our reputation, result in a loss of consumers, dealers and affinity group marketing partners, and result in additional costs.
Substan tially all of the computer hardware and communications and network infrastructure used to operate our website and mobile applications is located at co-location facilities in Los Angeles and Chicago. Although we have two locations, our systems are not fully redundant. In addition, we do not own or control the operation of these facilities. Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, acts of war, electronic and physical break-ins, computer viruses, earthquakes, and similar events. The occurrence of any of these events could result in damage to our systems and hardware or could cause them to fail.
Problems faced by our third-party web hosting providers could adversely affect the experience of our consumers. Our third-party web hosting providers could close their facilities without adequate notice. Any financial difficulties, up to and including bankruptcy, faced by our third-party web hosting providers or any of the service providers with whom they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. If our third-party web hosting providers are unable to keep up with our growing capacity needs, our business could be harmed.
Any errors, defects, disruptions, or other performance or reliability problems with our network operations could cause interruptions in access to our products as well as delays and additional expense in arranging new facilities and services and could harm our reputation, business, operating results, and financial condition.
Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could harm our business and operating results.
Our business depends on our intellectual property, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright law and contractual restrictions to protect our intellectual property. In addition, we attempt to protect our intellectual property, technology, and confidential information by requiring our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements and third parties to enter into nondisclosure agreements. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property, or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property, or technology. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our website features, software, and functionality or obtain and use information that we consider proprietary.
Competitors may adopt service names similar to ours, thereby harming our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to user confusion. For example, we have filed a claim for trademark infringement and related matters against Sonic Automotive, Inc. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of the term “ TrueCar. ”
We currently hold the “ TrueCar.com ” and “True.com” Internet domain name s a s well as various other related domain names. The regulation of domain names in the United States is subject to change. Regulatory bodies could establish additional top-level domains, appoint additional domain name registrars, or modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we may not be able to acquire or maintain all domain names that use the name TrueCar.
34
We may in the future be subject to intellectual property disputes, which are costly to defend and could harm our business and operating results.
We may from time to time face allegations that we have infringed the trademarks, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties, including from our competitors or non-practicing entities.
Patent and other intellectual property litigation may be protracted and expensive, and the results are difficult to predict and may require us to stop offering some features, purchase licenses or modify our products and features while we develop non-infringing substitutes or may result in significant settlement costs.
In addition, we use open source software in our products and will use open source software in the future. From time to time, we may face claims against companies that incorporate open source software into their products, claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the source code, the open source software or derivative works that were developed using such software, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could also result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our platform or services, any of which would have a negative effect on our business and operating results.
Even if these matters do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, these matters, and the time and resources necessary to litigate or resolve them, could harm our business, our operating results and our reputation.
We depend on key personnel to operate our business, and if we are unable to retain, attract and integrate qualified personnel, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.
We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of our executives and employees, including Scott Painter, our Founder and Chief Executive Officer, and John Krafcik, our President. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. In addition, the loss of any of our senior management or key employees could materially adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and strategy, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements on a timely basis, or at all. Our executive officers and other employees are at-will employees, which means they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our senior management or other key employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
Complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies has increased our costs and the demands on management and could harm our operating results.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company and these expenses will increase after we cease to be an “ emerging growth company. ” In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ impose various requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.
As an “emerging growth company” we elect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we cease to be an “emerging growth company”, we will be required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which
35
requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure con trols and procedures quarterly. In particular, beginning with the year ending December 31, 2015, we may be required to evaluate our systems and processes and test our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”). When our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404 will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources .
Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if, in the future, material weaknesses are found, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on internal control from our independent registered public accounting firm.
We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.
Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to grow our business in response to the demands of consumers, dealers and other constituents within the automotive industry as well as competitive pressures. In some circumstances, we may determine to do so through the acquisition of complementary businesses and technologies rather than through internal development, such as our acquisition of ALG in 2011. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming, and costly, and we may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions. The risks we face in connection with acquisitions include:
|
· |
|
diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to addressing acquisition integration challenges; |
|
· |
|
coordination of technology, research and development and sales and marketing functions; |
|
· |
|
transition of the acquired company’s users to our website and mobile applications; |
|
· |
|
retention of employees from the acquired company; |
|
· |
|
cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from the acquired company into our organization; |
|
· |
|
integration of the acquired company’s accounting, management information, human resources, and other administrative systems; |
|
· |
|
the need to implement or improve controls, procedures, and policies at a business that prior to the acquisition may have lacked effective controls, procedures, and policies; |
|
· |
|
potential write-offs of intangibles or other assets acquired in such transactions that may have an adverse effect our operating results in a given period; |
36
|
· |
|
liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including patent and trademark infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities, and other known and unknown liabilities; and |
|
· |
|
litigation or other claims in connection with the acquired company, including claims from terminated employees, consumers, former stockholders, or other third parties. |
Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with our past or future acquisitions and investments could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions or investments, cause us to incur unanticipated liabilities, and harm our business generally. Future acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses, or the write-off of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. Also, the anticipated benefits of any acquisitions may not materialize.
If our intangible assets and goodwill become impaired we may be required to record a significant non-cash charge to earnings which would materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
We had goodwill and intangible assets of $81.2 million at December 31, 2014. Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, we review our goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be fully recoverable. We review our intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. While we have not recognized any impairment charges since our inception, we may recognize impairment charges in future periods in connection with our acquisitions or from other businesses we may seek to acquire in the future. The carrying value of our goodwill and intangible assets may not be recoverable due to factors such as a decline in our stock price and market capitalization, reduced estimates of future revenues or cash flows or slower growth rates in our industry. Estimates of future revenues and cash flows are based on a long-term financial outlook of our operations. Actual performance in the near-term or long-term could be materially different from these forecasts, which could impact future estimates and the recorded value of the intangibles. For example, a significant, sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization may result in impairment of our intangible assets, including goodwill, and a significant charge to earnings in our consolidated financial statements during the period in which an impairment is determined to exist. In the event we had to reduce the carrying value of our goodwill or intangible assets, any such impairment charge could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
If our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes is limited, we may not receive the benefit of those assets.
We had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $167.7 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $125.9 million at December 31, 2014. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in the years ending December 31, 202 5 and 20 19 , respectively. At December 31, 2014, we had federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The federal credit carryforwards begin to expire in the year ending December 31, 2028. The state credit carryforwards can be carried forward indefinitely.
The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and other tax attributes in the event of an “ ownership change ” of a corporation. Accordingly, our ability to use pre-change net operating loss and research tax credits may be limited as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code, or IRC, Sections 382 and 383. Therefore, if we generate taxable income in the future, our ability to reduce our Federal income tax liability may be subject to limitation.
Events which may cause limitation in the amount of the net operating losses and credits that we utilize in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period. As a result of historical equity issuances, we have determined that the annual utilization of our net operating losses and credits and tax credits may be limited pursuant to IRC Sections 382 and 383. Future changes in our stock ownership, including
37
this offering or future offerings, as well as other changes that may be outside our control could potentially result in further limitations on our ability to utilize our net operating loss and credit carryforwards.
Risks Related To Ownership of Our Common Stock
We may fail to meet our publicly announced guidance or other expectations about our business and future operating results, which would cause our stock price to decline.
We have provided and may continue to provide guidance about our business and future operating results, including financial r esults for the three months ending March 31, 2015 as well as the year ending December 31, 2015, as part of our press releases, investor conference calls or otherwise. In developing this guidance, our management must make certain assumptions and judgments about our future performance. Our business results may vary significantly from such guidance due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control, and which could materially and adversely affect our operations, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, if our publicly announced guidance of future operating results fails to meet expectations of securities analysts, investors or other interested parties, the price of our common stock could decline.
Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors, and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.
Our executive officers, directors, and holders of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 64% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31, 2014 . Some of these persons or entities may have interests that are different from yours. For example, these stockholders may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are not in your interests. These stockholders are able to exercise a significant level of control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation, and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the support of these stockholders, which in turn could reduce the price of our common stock.
The price of our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile, and the value of your investment could decline.
The trading price of our common has been volatile since our initial public offering and is likely to continue to fluctuate substantially. The trading price of our common stock depends on a number of factors, including those described in this “ Risk Factors ” section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock since you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:
|
· |
|
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time; |
|
· |
|
volatility in the market prices and trading volumes of high technology stocks; |
|
· |
|
changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular; |
|
· |
|
sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders; |
|
· |
|
failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors; |
|
· |
|
announcements by us or our competitors of new products; |
|
· |
|
the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements, and filings with the SEC; |
38
|
· |
|
rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry; |
|
· |
|
actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results; |
|
· |
|
actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses, or the competitive landscape generally; |
|
· |
|
litigation involving us, our industry or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors; |
|
· |
|
developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights; |
|
· |
|
announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors; |
|
· |
|
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business; |
|
· |
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations, or principles; |
|
· |
|
any significant change in our management; |
|
· |
|
conditions in the automobile industry; and |
|
· |
|
general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets. |
The effect of such factors on the trading market for our stock may be enhanced by the lack of a large and established trading market for our stock. In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market prices of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigations have often been instituted against these companies. Litigation of this type, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock.
The market price for our common stock could decline as a result of the sale of substantial amounts of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, a large number of shares of our common stock becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. At December 31, 2014, approximately 79.8 million shares of our common stock were outstanding . In addition, as of December 31, 2014 , there were 25.6 million shares underlying options and 0.8 million shares underlying restricted stock units. All shares are subject to outstanding option agreements and Rule 144 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of our stock could decline. Under Rule 144, shares held by non-affiliates for more than six months may generally be sold without restriction, other than a current public information requirement, and may be sold freely without any restrictions after one year. Shares held by affiliates may also be sold under Rule 144, subject to applicable restrictions, including volume and manner of sale limitations.
At December 31, 2014, holders of an aggregate of approximately 54,731,966 million shares of our common stock have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders.
39
Mr. Painter has borrowed against and pledged shares of our common stock to secure a loan. The forced sale of these shares pursuant to a margin call could cause our stock price to decline and negatively impact our business.
Beginning in February 2015, Bank of America, N.A (“Bank of America”) has made extensions of credit in the aggregate amount of $10 million to Scott Painter and the Scott Painter Revocable Living Trust dated August 20, 2014 (the “Trust”). The extension of credit is available for a one-year period with an option to renew.
The loan is secured by pledges of a portion of the TrueCar common stock currently owned by Mr. Painter and the Trust. The terms of the loan were negotiated directly between Mr. Painter and Bank of America. The loan requires Mr. Painter maintain collateral of adequate value. If the price of our common stock declines, Mr. Painter may be forced by Bank of America to provide additional collateral for the loan or to sell shares of TrueCar common stock in order to remain within the margin limitations imposed under the terms of his loan. While we are not a party to this loan, which is full recourse against Mr. Painter and the Trust, Mr. Painter has committed to provide alternative collateral and take other efforts in order to avoid a forced sale of the collateral.
In the event that Mr. Painter is forced to sell shares of TrueCar common stock as a means to avoid or satisfy a margin call , either due to a decline in our stock price or for other reasons, that action and its disclosure may cause the price of our common stock to decline further.
Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.
Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws, and Delaware law contain provisions which could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:
|
· |
|
creating a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three year terms; |
|
· |
|
authorizing “ blank check ” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend, and other rights superior to our common stock; |
|
· |
|
limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers; |
|
· |
|
limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings; |
|
· |
|
requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors; |
|
· |
|
controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of board of directors and stockholder meetings; and |
|
· |
|
providing our board of directors with the express power to postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel previously scheduled special meetings. |
These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which prevents some stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock.
40
Any provision of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
We do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.
We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our credit facility currently prohibit us from paying cash dividends on our capital stock. Consequently, investors may need to rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
We maintain our principal office at 120 Broadway Santa Monica, California, currently totaling approximately 17,000 square feet, and which will include an additional 21,000 square feet beginning in 2016, under a lease that expires in December 2025. We have also entered into a lease agreement that commenced January 1, 2015 for approximately 34,000 square feet at 1401 Ocean Avenue in Santa Monica that expires in 2029 and that will become our new principal office when construction is complete in 2015. We maintain additional leased spaces in several other Santa Monica locations as well as spaces in San Francisco and Santa Barbara, California and in Austin, Texas. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that should it be needed, we will be able to secure additional space to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.
Refer to the disclosure under the heading “Legal Proceedings” in Note 7 “Commitments and Contingencies” to our annual consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for legal proceedings, which disclosure is incorporated by reference into this Item 3 of Part I.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
41
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information for Common Stock
Our common stock has been listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ TRUE ” since May 16, 2014. Our initial public offering was priced at $9.00 per share. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sale prices per share of our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High |
|
Low |
|
||
Year Ended December 31, 2014: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Quarter (from May 16, 2014) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Third Quarter |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Holders of Record
As of March 6, 2015 , there were 2 28 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions, any restrictions on paying dividends, including the current restriction on our ability to pay dividends under our credit facility, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
See Note 9 of the consolidated financial statements herein regarding information about securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.
Sales of Unregistered Securities
From January 1, 2014 through May 15, 2014 (the date of the filing of our registration statement on Form S-8, File No. 333-196017), pursuant to the terms of our 2005 Stock Plan, we granted to our of ficers, directors, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 10,308,513 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $8.90 to $60.00 per share.
From January 1, 2014 through May 15, 2014 (the date of the filing of our registration statement on Form S-8, File No. 333-196017), pursuant to the terms of our 2 005 Stock Plan and 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, we granted to certain officers and employees restricted stock units covering up to an aggregate of 720,146 shares of our common stock in exchange for services.
42
None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. We believe the offers, sales, and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of (i) Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) as transactions not involving a public offering, (ii) Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule, or (iii) Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions made outside of the United States. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates or book-entry positions representing the shares issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.
In October 2014, we issued 9,772 shares of our common stock to an investor upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $ 8.90 per share. The exercise was pursuant to a cashless exercise provision and resulted in no proceeds to the Company. The shares were offered and sold in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. An appropriate restrictive legend was placed on the stock certificate.
Use of Proceeds from Public Offerings of Common Stock
Our initial public offering of common stock was effected through a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-195036), which was declared or became effective on May 15, 2014. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our initial public offering as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC on May 15, 2014 pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act and other periodic reports previously filed with the SEC.
On November 17, 2014, we closed a follow-on public offering of 7,362,991 shares of common stock, which included 1,960,390 shares of common stock sold by us and 5,402,601 shares of common stock sold by selling stockholders. The public offering price of the shares sold in the follow-on offering was $17.00 per share. We received net proceeds of $30.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payble by us, from the sales of our shares . We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. The offer and sale of all of the shares in the follow-on offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-199650). J.P. Morgan, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morga n Stanley, RBC Capital Markets, JMP Securities , and Cowen and Company acted as the underwriters. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from the follow-on offering as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC on November 11, 2014 pursuant to Rule 424(b).
43
Stock Performance Graph
The following shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or incorporated by reference into any of our other filings under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing. The following graph shows a comparison from May 16, 2014 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market) through December 31, 201 4 of the cumulative total return for our common stock , the Nasdaq Composite Index (NASDAQ Composite) , and the RDG Internet Composite. T he graph assumes that $100 was invested at the market close on May 16, 2014 in our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite and the RDG Internet Composite, and the data for the NASDAQ Composite and the RDG Internet Composite assumes reinvestments of dividends. As discussed above, we have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our common stock and do not anticipate declaring or paying a cash dividend in the foreseeable future. The stock price performance of the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
44
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
We have derived the following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 201 4 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein . We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 201 2 and 201 1 from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data together with the section titled “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10 ‑K. The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
45
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2011(1)(2) |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Cost and operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)(3): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology and development(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Loss before (provision) benefit for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit (provision) for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Cumulative dividends on Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders of TrueCar, Inc. |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted(4)(5) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Weighted average shares of common shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted(4)(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(6) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Non-GAAP net (loss) income(7) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, we identified adjustments relating to timing of revenue recognition, accrued sales taxes and expenses on related party loans affecting 2010 and prior periods. The aggregate amount of these adjustments would have reduced net loss by $360,000 for 2009 and $420,000 for 2010. We concluded these adjustments were not material individually or in the aggregate to any prior reporting period. We also concluded that recording the cumulative effect of these adjustments of $780,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011 was not material to the 2011 financial statements and accordingly, we recorded these adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2011. |
|
(2) |
|
In 2011, we completed the acquisitions of Carperks, Honk, and ALG. |
46
|
(3) |
|
The following table presents stock-based compensation expense included in each respective expense category: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
||||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
||||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology and development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
See Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders. |
|
(5) |
|
All share, per-share and related information has been retroactively adjusted, where applicable, to reflect the impact of a 2-for-3 reverse stock split, which was effected on May 2, 2014. |
|
(6) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income or any other measures derived in accordance with GAAP. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see “ Non-GAAP Financial Measures. ” Adjusted EBITDA for 2014 excludes amounts related to legal costs incurred in connection with a claim we filed against Sonic Automotive Holdings, Inc. for trademark infringement and related matters. We have not historically excluded these costs from Adjusted EBITDA; however, as we have incurred increasing costs to advance our claim, we believe that their exclusion is appropriate to facilitate period-to-period operating performance comparisons. |
|
(7) |
|
Non-GAAP net (loss) income is not a measure of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net (loss) income, operating (loss) income or any other measures derived in accordance with GAAP. For a definition of Non-GAAP net (loss) income and a reconciliation of Non-GAAP net (loss) income, see “ Non-GAAP Financial Measures. ” |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
||||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
||||||||||
Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents and short term investments |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Working capital (deficit), excluding restricted cash |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total indebtedness |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Lease financing obligation |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Convertible preferred stock |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Contingently redeemable common stock(1) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Total stockholders’ equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Se e Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements for more information about contingently redeemable common stock. |
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net (loss) income are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted to exclude interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, change in the fair value of preferred stock warrant liability, non-cash warrant expense, transaction costs from acquisitions, change in fair value of
47
contingent consideration, stock-based compensation, IPO-related expenses, ticker symbol acquisition costs, certain litigation costs and legal settlements , and income taxes. We define Non-GAAP net (loss) as net loss adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation, change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability, non-cash warrant expense, transaction costs from acquisitions, change in the fair value of contingent consideration, IPO-related expenses, ticker symbol acquisition costs, and certain litigation costs and legal settlements . We have provided below a reconciliation of each of Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net (loss) income to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Neither Adjusted EBITDA nor Non-GAAP net (loss) income should be considered as an alternative to net loss or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. In addition, our Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net (loss) income measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations as they may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA or Non-GAAP net (loss) income in the same manner as we calculate these measures.
We have included Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net (loss) income herein as they are important measures used by our management and board of directors to assess our operating performance. We believe that using Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net (loss) income facilitates operating performance comparisons on a period-to-period basis because these measures exclude variations primarily caused by changes in the excluded items noted above. In addition, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA, Non-GAAP net (loss) income and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, rating agencies and other parties in evaluating companies as a measure of financial performance and debt service capabilities.
Our use of each of Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net (loss) income has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
|
· |
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the payment or receipt of interest or the payment of income taxes; |
|
· |
|
neither Adjusted EBITDA nor Non-GAAP net (loss) income reflects changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; |
|
· |
|
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditures or any other contractual commitments; |
|
· |
|
neither Adjusted EBITDA nor Non-GAAP net (loss) income reflects the cash costs to advance our claims in respect of our litigation against Sonic Automotive Holdings, Inc.; |
|
· |
|
neither Adjusted EBITDA nor Non-GAAP net (loss) income reflect a non-recurring legal settlement in favor of the Company; |
|
· |
|
neither Adjusted EBITDA nor Non-GAAP net (loss) income consider the potentially dilutive impact of shares issued or to be issued in connection with share-based compensation or warrant issuances; and |
|
· |
|
other companies, including companies in our own industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net (loss) income differently from how we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. |
Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net (loss) income alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results. In addition, in evaluating Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net (loss) income you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses such as those that are the subject of adjustments in deriving Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net (loss) income, and you should not infer from our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net (loss) income that our future results will not be affected by these expenses or any unusual or non-recurring items.
48
The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
||||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
||||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
||||||||||
Reconciliation of Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Non-GAAP adjustments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Warrant expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction costs from acquisitions |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of contingent consideration |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IPO-related expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Ticker symbol acquisition costs |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Certain litigation costs(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Legal settlement (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision (benefit) for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The excluded amounts relate to legal costs incurred in connection with a claim we filed against Sonic Automotive Holdings, Inc. for trademark infringement and related matters. We have not historically excluded these costs from Adjusted EBITDA; however, as we have incurred increasing costs to advance our claim, we believe that their exclusion is appropriate to facilitate period-to-period operating performance comparisons. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents a non-recurring legal settlement in favor of the Company. |
The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to Non-GAAP net (loss) income for each of the periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
||||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
||||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
||||||||||
Reconciliation of Net Loss to Non-GAAP Net (Loss): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Non-GAAP adjustments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Warrant expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction costs from acquisitions |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of contingent consideration |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Ticker symbol acquisition costs |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
IPO-related expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Certain litigation costs(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Legal Settlement (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Non-GAAP net (loss) income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The excluded amounts relate to legal costs incurred in connection with a claim we filed against Sonic Automotive Holdings, Inc. for trademark infringement and related matters. |
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included herein . In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “ Risk Factors ” and elsewhere herein . See “ Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements. ”
Overview
Our mission is to transform the car-buying experience for consumers and the way that dealers attract customers and sell cars. We have established an intelligent, data-driven online platform operating on a common technology infrastructure, powered by proprietary data and analytics. We operate our company-branded platform via our TrueCar.com website and TrueCar mobile applications . In addition, we customize and operate our platform for affinity group marketing partners, such as USAA, financial institutions, and large enterprises such as Boeing and Verizon. We enable users to obtain market-based pricing data on new and used cars, and to connect with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers.
We benefit consumers by providing information related to what others have paid for a make and model of car in their area and, where available, estimated prices for that make and model of car, which we refer to as upfront pricing information, from our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. This upfront pricing information generally includes guaranteed savings off MSRP which the consumer may then take to the dealer in the form of a Guaranteed Savings Certificate and apply toward the purchase of the specified make and model of car. We benefit our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers by enabling them to attract these informed, in-market consumers in a cost-effective, accountable manner, which we believe helps them to sell more cars.
Our subsidiary, ALG, Inc., provides data and consulting services regarding determination of the residual value of an automobile at given points in time in the future. These residual values are used to underwrite automotive loans and leases to determine payments by consumers. In addition, financial institutions use this information to measure exposure and risk across loan, lease and fleet portfolios.
During the year ended December 31, 2014, we generated revenues of $206.6 million and recorded a net loss of $48.4 million. Of the $206.6 million in revenues, 92% consisted of transaction revenues with the remaining 8% derived primarily from the sale of data and consulting services to the automotive and financial services industries. Revenues from the sale of data and consulting services are derived primarily from the operations of our ALG subsidiary. Transaction revenues primarily consist of fees paid to us by our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers under our pay-for-performance business model where we generally earn a fee only when a TrueCar user purchases a car from them.
From inception in February 2005 through 2010, we developed our car-buying platform under our then corporate name Zag.com Inc. In 2006, we launched a car-buying program for affinity group marketing partners; our affinity group marketing partners have subsequently grown to include USAA (2007), Consumer Reports (2010) and Pentagon Federal Credit Union (2010). We also devoted substantial resources during this period to the build-out of our national dealer network and the cultivation of additional affinity group relationships.
Late in 2008, we began to invest in a direct-to-consumer channel under the branded website TrueCar.com. We launched TrueCar.com with the continuing goal of establishing the premier destination for consumers seeking vehicle pricing information and historical context about what others paid for the same car in their local areas. Subsequently, we integrated the users of TrueCar.com into our car-buying platform, allowing them to connect to the same national dealer network that had been built for our affinity group marketing partners , and developed applications to enable consumers to access our car-buying platform using their mobile devices . During the period from 2010 to the present, we have devoted significant resources to building awareness of the TrueCar brand through consumer marketing, including television, radio, digital and other media.
50
In October 2011, we acquired ALG, which provides data analytics and consulting services to the automotive and financial services industries related to residual value forecasting.
We intend to grow traffic to TrueCar.com and our TrueCar branded mobile applications by building our brand through marketing campaigns that emphasize the value of trust and transparency in the car-buying process and the benefits of transacting with TrueCar Certified Dealers. We will seek to increase the number of transactions on our platform by enhancing the user experience while expanding , improving the geographic coverage of our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers and delighting consumers with the ability to control the entire car-buying experience using their mobile devices . Over time, we intend to increase monetization opportunities by introducing additional products and services to improve the car-buying and car-ownership experience.
In May 2014, we completed our initial public offering in which we sold an aggregate of 8,941,250 shares of our common stock, including 1,166,250 shares sold pursuant to the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase such shares, at the public offering price of $9.00 per share. We received net proceeds of $69.2 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, from sales of our shares in the initial public offering.
In November 2014, we completed a follow-on public offering in which we sold 1,960,390 shares of common stock and selling stockholders sold 5,402,601 shares at a price of $17.00 per share. We received net proceeds of $30.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us , from sales of our shares. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by selling stockholders.
Key Metrics
We regularly review a number of key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make operating and strategic decisions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
Average Monthly Unique Visitors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Monetization |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Franchise Dealer Count |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction Revenue Per Franchise Dealer |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We issued full credits of the amount originally invoiced with respect to 8,779, 17,664 and 20,365 units during the years ended 201 4 , 201 3 and 201 2 , respectively. The number of units has not been adjusted downwards related to units credited as discussed in the description of the unit metric below. |
Average Monthly Unique Visitors
We define a monthly unique visitor as an individual who has visited our website, our landing page on our affinity group marketing partner sites, or our mobile applications within a calendar month. We identify unique visitors through cookies for browser-based visits on either a desktop computer or mobile device and through device IDs for mobile application visits. In addition, if a TrueCar.com user logs-in, we supplement their identification with their log-in credentials to attempt to avoid double counting on TrueCar.com across devices, browsers and mobile applications. If an individual accesses our service using different devices or different browsers on the same device within a given month, the first access through each such device or browser is counted as a separate monthly unique visitor, except where adjusted based upon TrueCar.com log-in information. We calculate average monthly unique visitors as the sum of the monthly unique visitors in a given period, divided by the number of months in that period. We view our average monthly unique visitors as a key indicator of the growth in our business and audience reach, the strength of our brand, and the visibility of car buying services to the member base of our affinity group marketing partners.
51
The number of average monthly unique visitors increased 54.5% to approximately 4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from approximately 2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. We attribute the growth in our average monthly unique visitors principally to increased television and digital marketing advertising campaigns that have led to increased brand awareness, as well as increased traffic from our affinity group marketing partners.
Units
We define units as the number of automobiles purchased by our users from TrueCar Certified Dealers through TrueCar.com, our TrueCar branded mobile applications or the car buying sites we maintain for our affinity group marketing partners. A unit is counted following such time as we have matched the sale to a TrueCar user with one of TrueCar Certified Dealers. We view units as a key indicator of the growth of our business, the effectiveness of our product and the size and geographic coverage of our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers.
On occasion we issue credits to our TrueCar Certified Dealers with respect to units sold. However, we do not adjust our unit metric for these credits as we believe that in substantially all cases a vehicle has in fact been purchased through our platform given the high degree of accuracy of our sales matching process. Credits are most frequently issued to a dealer that claims it had a pre-existing relationship with a purchaser of a vehicle, and we determine whether to issue a credit based on a number of factors, including the facts and circumstances related to the dealer claim and the level of claim activity at the dealership. In most cases, we issue credits in order to maintain strong business relations with the dealer and not because we have made an erroneous sales match or billing error.
The number of units increased 52.7% to 610,620 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 399,919 for the year ended December 31, 2013. We attribute this growth in units to the effectiveness of our increased marketing activities, product enhancements, the growing number and geographic coverage of TrueCar Certified Dealers in our network, and the overall growth in new car sales in the automotive industry.
Monetization
We define monetization as the average transaction revenue per unit, which we calculate by dividing all of our transaction revenue in a given period by the number of units in that period. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our monetization increased 4. 4 % to $310 from $297 for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily as a result of increases in our pricing structure and lower sales credits. We expect our monetization to be affected in the future by changes in our pricing structure, the unit mix between new and used cars, with used cars providing higher monetization, and by the introduction of new products and services.
Franchise Dealer Count
We define franchise dealer count as the number of franchise dealers in the network of TrueCar Certified Dealers at the end of a given period. This number is calculated by counting the number of brands of new cars sold by dealers in the TrueCar Certified Dealer network at their locations, and includes both single-location proprietorships as well as large consolidated dealer groups. We view our ability to increase our franchise dealer count as an indicator of our market penetration and the likelihood of converting users of our platform into unit sales. Our TrueCar Certified Dealer network includes non-franchised dealers that primarily sell used cars and are not included in franchise dealer count. Our franchise dealer count increased to 8 ,501 at December 31, 2014 from 6,651 at December 31, 2013 and 5,306 at December 31, 2012. We attribute this growth in our franchise dealer count to the continued effectiveness of our dealer sales team, increased brand awareness, and product enhancements.
Transaction Revenue per Franchise Dealer
We define transaction revenue per franchise dealer as the aggregate transaction revenue we receive in a given period divided by the average franchise dealer count in that period. We calculate average franchise dealer count in a given period as the average of the franchise dealer count at the beginning of the period and the franchise dealer count at the end of the period. Our transaction revenue per franchise dealer increased 25.9 % to $24 ,994 during the year ended
52
December 31, 2014 from $19,857 for the year ended December 31, 2013. These increases primarily reflect an increase in units which was attributable to an increase in marketing spend and an increase in the geographic coverage of our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, platform and product enhancements, and the overall growth in sales of the automotive industry.
Presentation of Financial Statements
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries in accordance with FASB ASC 810 — Consolidation. Business acquisitions are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Our purchase accounting resulted in all assets and liabilities of acquired businesses being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
We report our financial results as one operating segment, with two distinct service offerings: transactions, and data and other. Our operating results are regularly reviewed by our chief operating decision maker on a consolidated basis, principally to make decisions about how we allocate our resources and to measure our consolidated operating performance. Our chief operating decision maker regularly reviews revenue for each of our transaction and data and other offerings in order to gain more depth and understanding of the factors driving our business.
Components of Operating Results
Revenues
Our revenues are comprised of transaction revenues, and data and other revenue.
Transaction Revenue . Revenue consists of fees paid by dealers participating in our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. Dealers pay us these fees either on a per vehicle basis for sales to our users or in the form of a subscription arrangement. Subscription arrangements fall into three types: flat rate subscriptions, subscriptions subject to downward adjustment based on a minimum number of vehicle sales ( “ guaranteed sales ” ) and subscriptions subject to downward adjustment based on a minimum number of introductions ( “ guaranteed introductions ” ). Under flat rate subscription arrangements, fees are charged at a monthly flat rate regardless of the number of sales made to users of our platform by the dealer. For flat rate subscription arrangements , we recognize the fees as revenue over the subscription period on a straight line basis which corresponds to the period that we are providing the dealer with access to our platform. Under guaranteed sales subscription arrangements, fees are charged based on the number of guaranteed sales multiplied by a fixed amount per vehicle. To the extent that the actual number of vehicles sold by the dealers to users of our platform is less than the number of guaranteed sales, we provide a credit to the dealer. To the extent that the actual number of vehicles sold exceeds the number of guaranteed sales, we are not entitled to any additional fees. Under guaranteed introductions subscription arrangements, fees are charged based on a periodically-updated formula that considers, among other things, the introductions anticipated to be provided to the dealer. To the extent that the number of actual introductions is less than the number of guaranteed introductions, we provide a credit to the dealer. To the extent that the actual number of introductions provided exceeds the number guaranteed, we are not entitled to any additional fees. For guaranteed sales and guaranteed introductions subscription arrangements, we recognize revenue based on the lesser of (i) the actual number of sales generated or introductions delivered through our platform during the subscription period multiplied by the contracted price per sale/introduction or (ii) the straight-line of the subscription fee over the period over which the services are delivered.
In addition, we enter into arrangements with automobile manufacturers to promote the sale of their vehicles through the offering of additional consumer incentives to members of our affinity group marketing partners. These manufacturers pay us a per-vehicle fee for promotion of the incentive and we recognize the per-vehicle incentive fee when the vehicle sale has occurred between the member of our affinity group marketing partner and the dealer.
Data and Other Revenue . We derive this type of revenue primarily from the provision of data and consulting services to the automotive and financial services industries through our ALG subsidiary. The data and consulting services that ALG provides typically relate to the determination of the residual value of an automobile at given future
53
points in time. These residual values are used to underwrite automotive loans and leases to determine payments by consumers. In addition, financial institutions use this information to measure exposure and risk across loan, lease and fleet portfolios. Our customers generally pay us for these services as information is delivered to them.
For a description of our revenue accounting policies, see “ Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates ” below.
Costs and Operating Expenses
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) . Cost of revenue includes expenses related to the fulfillment of our services, consisting primarily of data costs and licensing fees paid to third party service providers and expenses related to operating our website and mobile applications, including those associated with our data centers, hosting fees, data processing costs required to deliver introductions to our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, employee costs related to dealer operations, sales matching, and employee and consulting costs related to delivering data and consulting services to our customers. Cost of revenue excludes depreciation and amortization of software costs and other hosting and data infrastructure equipment used to operate our platforms, which are included in the depreciation and amortization line item on our statement of comprehensive loss.
Sales and Marketing . Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of: television and radio advertising; affinity group partner marketing fees, which also includes loan subvention costs where we pay certain affinity group marketing partners a portion of consumers’ borrowing costs for car loan products offered by these affinity group marketing partners, and common stock warrants issued to USAA; marketing sponsorship programs; and digital customer acquisition. See Part III, Item 13 “ Certain Relationships, Related Party and Other Transactions — Strategic Partnerships — United Services Automobile Association ” for a description of our arrangements with USAA. In addition, sales and marketing expenses include employee related expenses for sales, customer support, marketing and public relations employees, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation expenses; third-party contractor fees; and allocated overhead. Sales and marketing expenses also include costs related to common stock warrants issued to a third-party marketing firm and a service provider as part of our commercial arrangements with them. Marketing and advertising costs promote our services and are expensed as incurred, except for media production costs which are expensed the first time the advertisement is aired.
Technology and Development . Technology and development expenses consist primarily of employee related expenses including salaries, bonuses, benefits and stock-based compensation expenses, third-party contractor fees, and allocated overhead primarily associated with development of our platform, as well as our product development, product management, research and analytics and internal IT functions.
General and Administrative . General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee related expenses including salaries, bonuses, benefits and stock-based compensation expenses for executive, finance, accounting, legal, human resources, and business intelligence personnel. General and administrative expenses also include legal, accounting, and other third-party professional service fees, bad debt, and allocated overhead.
Depreciation and Amortization . Depreciation consists primarily of depreciation expense recorded on property and equipment. Amortization expense consists primarily of amortization recorded on intangible assets, capitalized software costs and leasehold improvements.
Interest Income . Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investment balances.
Interest Expense . Interest expense consists of interest on our outstanding short-term debt obligations, and for the period from May 2012 to May 2013, accretion of debt discount resulting from a beneficial conversion feature on our convertible debt, which converted to equity in May 2013. In addition, beginning in August 2013, interest expense includes interest on our credit facility and the amortization of the discount on our line of credit. See Notes 6 and 7 of our consolidated financial statements included herein for more information about our debt obligations.
54
Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes . We are subject to federal and state income taxes in the United States. We provided a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax ass ets as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 as it is more likely than not that some or all of our deferred tax assets will not be realized. As a result of the valuation allowance, our income tax benefit (or expense) is significantly less than the federal statutory rate of 34%. Our provision for income taxes in 201 4 and 201 3 primarily reflect a tax expense associated with the amortization of tax deductible goodwill that is not an available source of income to realize deferred tax assets. Our benefit from income taxes in 2012 reflected a tax benefit associated with a beneficial conversion feature on our convertible notes which was partially offset by tax expense related to the amortization of tax deductible goodwill.
We have accumulated federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $167. 7 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $125.9 million at December 31, 2014.
See Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements included herein for more information about our provision for income taxes.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Costs and operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology and development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Loss before benefit (provision) for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
55
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated.
* Less than 0.5% of revenues
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
% Change |
|
|||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2014 vs. 2013 |
|
2013 vs. 2012 |
|
|||
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
% |
Data and other revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
% |
Total revenues |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
% |
Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013 . The increase in our revenues of $ 72.7 million or 54.3 %, for 2014 as compared to 2013 primarily reflected the substantial increase in our transaction revenue. Transaction revenue and data and other revenue comprised 91.6% and 8.4%, respectively, of revenues for 2014 as compared to 88.6% and 11.4%, respectively, for 2013. The increase in transaction revenue for 2014 primarily reflected a 52. 7 % increase in units due to an increase in marketing spend and an increase in the number of TrueCar Certified Dealers, platform and product enhancements, and the overall growth in sales of the automotive industry. Our average monthly unique visitors gre w 54.5% to 4.3 million during 201 4 from 2.8 million during 201 3 , reflecting our increased advertising expenses which improved brand awareness and the visibility of our car buying services to our users. Our monetization increased 4.4 % to $310 during 2014 from $297 f or 2013, and primarily reflected improved pricing with our TrueCar Certified Dealers and lower sales credits charged against revenue resulting from improved collection efforts. The 13.5% increase in data and other revenue for 2014 as compared to 2013 primarily reflected improved pricing of our renewal data, consulting service contracts and lead referral fees.
Year ended Dec e mber 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012 . The increase in our revenues for 2013 as compared to 2012 reflected the substantial increase in our transaction revenue. Transaction revenue and data and other revenue comprised 88.6% and 11.4%, respectively, of revenues for 2013 as compared to 81.0% and 19.0%, respectively, for 2012. The increase in transaction revenue for 2013 primarily reflected the 79.6% increase in units due to the level of marketing spend and the increase in the number of Certified TrueCar Dealers, product enhancements, and the
56
overall growth in sales of the automotive industry. Our average monthly unique visitors grew 67.6% from 1.7 million during 2012 to 2.8 million during 2013, reflecting our increased advertising expenses which improved brand awareness and the visibility of our car buying services to the member base of our affinity group marketing partners. O ur franchise dealer count grew 25.3% from 5,306 at December 31, 2012 to 6,651 at December 31, 2013, reflecting the ongoing adoption of our service among dealers. Our monetization was relatively stable between these periods as our pricing and the mix between new and used car units was relatively consistent. Data and other revenue was consistent for 2013 as compared to 2012 and reflected a $2.1 million decrease in lead referral fees arising from the modification of our marketing arrangement with Yahoo! in June 2012 pursuant to which we had generated revenue by referring Yahoo! traffic to other commercial websites. This decrease was more than offset by a $2.2 million increase in revenue due to improved pricing of our renewal data and consulting service contracts.
Costs and Operating Expenses
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, |
|
% Change |
|
|||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2014 vs. 2013 |
|
2013 vs. 2012 |
|
|||
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
% |
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenues |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013 . The increase in cost of revenue of $ 2.2 million or 14.5% for 2014 as compared to 2013 was primarily due to a $1. 8 million increase in data costs and licensing fees to support the growth of our business and a $0. 7 million increase in employee related costs primaril y due to increases in headcount partially offset by a decrease of $0.2 million in consulting costs . The decrease in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues during 2014 from 2013 reflected operating leverage due to our increased level of transaction revenues during 2014 as compared to the prior year. Although we expect our cost of revenue to increase in dollar amount as we add additional data sources, we believe that the nature of our cost structure will enable us to continue to realize operating leverage in our business over time.
Year ended Dec e mber 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012 . The increase in cost of revenue for 2013 as compared to 2012 primarily reflected a $1.0 million increase in data costs and licensing fees to support the growth of our business, and a $0.5 million increase in employee related costs primarily due to increases in headcount. The decline in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues in 2013 from 2012 reflected operating leverage due to the increased proportion of transaction revenues in 2013.
Sales and Marketing Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
% Change |
|
|||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2014 vs. 2013 |
|
2013 vs. 2012 |
|
|||
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Sales and marketing expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
% |
Sales and marketing expense as a percentage of revenues |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013 . The increase in sales and marketing expenses of $ 53.4 million or 71% for 2014 a s compared to 2013 reflected a $35.9 million increase in advertising and promotional activities primarily due to increased television, radio and online marketing spend to grow the TrueCar.com brand, and a $13.1 million increase in affinity partner marketing fees as a result of our increased level of unit sales and increased promotional activities, such as loan subvention, where we pay certain af finity group marketing partners a portion of customers’ borrowing costs for car loan products offered by these affinity group marketing partners to incentivize their customers to use our platform. The increase in sales and marketing expenses for 2014 also reflected a $4. 9 million increase in salaries and related expenses primarily due to our increased headcount, an
57
increase of $2.2 million in stock - based compensation due to additional stock - based awards, an increase of $1.6 million in warrant expense related to warrants issued to our third-party marketing firm and service provider , a $0.8 million increase associated with the purchase of our ticker symbol “TRUE”, and an increase of $0.6 million associated w ith a liquidity bonus paid to a sales executive in connection with our IPO. These increases in sales and marketing expenses were partially offset by a decrease of $ 5.6 million in our corporate sponsorship expense as a result of terminating certain sponsorship agreements that we determined to be ineffective. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in dollar amount due to increased television and radio advertising, digital customer acquisition costs, affinity group marketing partner fees, and marketing programs as we grow our business.
Year ended Dec e mber 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012 . The increase in sales and marketing expenses for 2013 as compared to 2012 reflected a $14.4 million increase in advertising and promotional activities primarily due to increased television and online marketing spend to grow the TrueCar.com brand, a $10.1 million increase in affinity partner marketing fees as a result of the increased level of unit sales and increased promotional activities, such as loan subvention, where we pay certain affinity group marketing partners a portion of customers’ borrowing costs for car loan products offered by these affinity group marketing partners to incentivize their customers to purchase a vehicle from a TrueCar Certified Dealer, a $2.8 million increase in employee related expenses primarily due to increased bonus expenses tied to our improved financial results and headcount increases and an increase in stock-based compensation due to additional stock-based awards, and an increase of $0.9 million in warrant expense associated with our media and marketing services agreement with a direct marketing firm. These increases in sales and expenses were partially offset by a decrease of $20.0 million of spend associated with our marketing arrangement with Yahoo! that was modified in June 2012, and a $3.4 million reduction in our corporate sponsorship expense as a result of terminating certain sponsorship agreements that we deemed were ineffective.
T echnology and Development Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, |
|
% Change |
|
|||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2014 vs. 2013 |
|
2013 vs. 2012 |
|
|||
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Technology and development expenses |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
% |
Technology and development expenses as a percentage of revenues |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
Capitalized software costs |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
% |
Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013 . The increase in technology and development expenses of $12.9 million or 54.4 % for 2014 as compared to 2013 reflected an increase of $7.9 million in increased salaries and related expenses due to our increased headcount, an increase in stock - based compensation due to additional stock - based awards of $3.9 million , a $1.8 million increase in software license and hosting expenses , and a $0.7 million increase in overhead related to facilities, reflecting extra space needed to accommodate increased headcount . These increases were partially offset by a $1.4 million increase in the amount of salaries capitalized for the development of internal use software costs which reduced technology and development expenses during the period. Capitalized software costs increased $7.1 million for 2014 as compared to 2013 primarily due to the costs for a perpetual software license of $5.0 million duri ng 2014, an increase in the amount of salaries capitalized for the development of internal use software of $1.4 million , and increases in other third-party software costs of $0.7 million . We expect our technology and development expenses to increase in dollar amount as we continue to increase our developer headcount to expand the functionality of our platform and provide new product offerings. We also expect technology and development expenses to continue to be affected by variations in the amount of capitalized internally developed software.
Year ended Dec e mber 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012 . The increase in technology and development expenses for 2013 as compared to 2012 reflected an increase of $2.5 million in employee related costs primarily due to increases in bonus expense arising from our improved financial results and to a lesser extent stock-based compensation associated with additional stock-based awards, and a $0.8 million increase in software licensing expenses to support the growth of our business and platform. These increases were partially offset by a $1.5 million increase in the amount of capitalized internally developed software costs which reduced technology and development expenses during the period.
58
General and Administrative Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, |
|
% Change |
|
|||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2014 vs. 2013 |
|
2013 vs. 2012 |
|
|||
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
General and administrative expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
% |
General and administrative expense as a percentage of revenues |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013 . The increase in general and administrative expenses of $27.4 million or 88.9% for 2014 as compared to 2013 reflected $14.2 million in increased stock-based compensation due to additional stock-based awards, $7.6 million in increased salaries and related expenses due to our increased headcount, and $2.8 million in increased professional fees, comprised primarily of $2.3 million in legal fees related to a claim we filed against Sonic Automotive Holdings, Inc. (“Sonic”). The remaining increase related to a $2.0 million liquidity bonus paid to an executive in connection with our IPO and $0.6 million increased insurance costs. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in dollar amount as we increase the headcount in our financial, accounting, and legal organizations and add resources to support both the anticipated growth of our business and our public company reporting requirements. Additionally, we expect to continue to incur significant legal fees related to our complaint filed against Sonic as we proceed from the discovery phase of this lawsuit.
Year ended Dec e mber 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012 . The decrease in general and administrative expenses for 2013 as compared to 2012 reflected a decrease of $2.3 million in stock-based compensation expense primarily due to the absence of a $4.5 million stock-based compensation charge in March 2012 as a result of the modification of an equity award held by a former executive as part of his severance arrangement, partially offset by increased stock-based compensation expense associated with new awards issued in 2013. The decrease in general and administrative expenses for 2013 also reflected lower legal fees and other expenses associated with our regulatory compliance activities in 2012 of $2.1 million and a $1.3 million decrease in expenses associated with changes in fair value of the contingent consideration for our Carperks acquisition as a result of the modification of the agreement in December 2012. These decreases were partially offset by a $1.3 million increase in employee related expenses, primarily due to increased bonus expenses arising from our improved financial results and increases in headcount to support the growth of our business, and a $0.6 million legal settlement associated with a settlement entered into with a marketing sponsorship partner in November 2013.
Depreciation and Amortization Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, |
|
% Change |
|
|||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2014 vs. 2013 |
|
2013 vs. 2012 |
|
|||
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Depreciation and amortization expenses |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
% |
Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013 . The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses of $1.6 million or 14.2% for 2014 as compared to 2013 reflected a growth in capitalized software costs and higher investments in property and equipment. We expect our depreciation and amortization expenses to continue to be affected by the amount of capitalized internally developed software costs, property and equipment and the timing of placing projects in service.
Year ended Dec e mber 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012 . Depreciation and amortization expenses for 2013 were consistent with 2012. Depreciation and amortization expenses reflected a $0.9 million decrease in write-offs of capitalized internally developed software in 2013 compared to 2012, that was largely offset by an increase of $0.7 million in amortization of internally developed software in 2013 driven by a full year of depreciation for assets capitalized in 2012 and increased software capitalization during 2013. The 2012 write-offs of internally developed software were due to software that provided functionality that was no longer used on our platform due to changes in our business.
59
Interest Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, |
|
% Change |
|
|||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2014 vs. 2013 |
|
2013 vs. 2012 |
|
|||
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Interest expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
% |
Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013 . The decrease in interest expense of $ 1.6 million or 80.9% for 2014 as compared to 2013 primarily reflected a decrease in interest on our convertible debt and a decrease in the accretion of debt discount resulting from a beneficial conversion feature on our convertible debt, which c onverted to equity in May 2013 .
Year ended Dec e mber 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012 . The decrease in interest expense for 2013 as compared to 2012 primarily reflected a decrease in the accretion of debt discount resulting from a beneficial conversion feature on our convertible debt, which converted to equity in May 2013, and a decrease in the average outstanding balance of our short-term borrowings.
Benefit from (Provision for) Income T axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, |
|
% Change |
|
|||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
2014 vs. 2013 |
|
2013 vs. 2012 |
|
|||
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Benefit (provision) for income taxes |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
% |
Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013 . Our provision for income taxes for both 2014 and 2013 primarily reflected tax expense due to amortization of tax deductible goodwill that is not an available source of income to realize our deferred tax assets.
Year ended Dec e mber 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012 . Our provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflected tax expense due to amortization of tax deductible goodwill that is not an available source of income to realize our deferred tax assets. Our benefit from income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflected a tax benefit associated with a beneficial conversion feature on our convertible notes of $1.1 million which was partially offset by tax expense related to the amortization of tax deductible goodwill of $0.5 million.
Quarterly K ey Metrics and Results of Operations
The following tables set forth selected key metrics and unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of comprehensive loss data for each of the quarters indicated. The consolidated financial statements for each of these quarters have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included herein and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the consolidated results of operations for these periods. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included herein. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Dec. 31, |
|
Sept. 30, |
|
Jun. 30, |
|
Mar. 31, |
|
Dec. 31, |
|
Sept. 30, |
|
Jun. 30, |
|
Mar. 31, |
||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2014 |
|
2014 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2013 |
|
2013 |
|
2013 |
||||||||
Average Monthly Unique Visitors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Monetization |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Franchise Dealer Count (Ending) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction Revenue Per Franchise Dealer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Dec. 31, |
|
Sept. 30, |
|
Jun. 30, |
|
Mar. 31, |
|
Dec. 31, |
|
Sept. 30, |
|
Jun. 30, |
|
Mar. 31, |
||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2014 |
|
2014 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2013 |
|
2013 |
|
2013 |
||||||||
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction revenues |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Data and other revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology and development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income(expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before (provision)benefit for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit (provision) for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Net loss per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Information (2)(3): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
(1) |
|
We issued full credits of the amount originally invoiced with respect to 2,507 , 2,074, 2,054 , 2,145, 2,802, 6,278, 4,018, and 4,566 units during the three months ended December 31, 2014, September 30, 2014, June 30, 2014, March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013, September 30, 2013, June 30, 2013, and March 31, 2013, respectively. The number of units has not been adjusted downwards related to units credited. |
|
(2) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net income (loss) are not a measure of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income or any other measures derive d in accordance with GAAP. For definition s of Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net income (loss) and a reconciliatio n of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net income (loss) , see “ Non-GAAP Financial Measures. ” |
|
(3) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net income (loss) for each of the three months ended March 3 1, 2014, June 30, 2014 September 30, 2014, and December 31, 2014 excludes amounts related to legal costs incurred in connection with a claim we filed against Sonic Automotive Holdings, Inc. for trademark infringement and related matters. We have not historically excluded these costs from Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net income (loss) ; however, as we have incurred increasing costs to advance our claim, we believe that their exclusion is appropriate to facilitate period-to-period operating performance comparisons. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net income (loss) for three months ended December 31, 2014 include a non-recurring legal settlement in favor of the Company. |
61
The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Dec. 31, |
|
Sept. 30, |
|
Jun. 30, |
|
Mar. 31, |
|
Dec. 31, |
|
Sept. 30, |
|
Jun. 30, |
|
Mar. 31, |
||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2014 |
|
2014 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2013 |
|
2013 |
|
2013 |
||||||||
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Reconciliation of Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Non-GAAP Adjustments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IPO-related expenses |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Warrant expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of contingent consideration |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ticker symbol acquisition costs |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Certain litigation costs(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Legal Settlement(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision (benefit) for income taxes. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(3) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
(1) |
|
The excluded amounts relate to legal costs incurred in connection with a claim we filed against Sonic Automotive Holdings, Inc. in connection with trademark infringement and related matters. We have not historically excluded these costs from Adjusted EBITDA; however, as we have incurred increasing costs to advance our claim, we believe that their exclusion is appropriate to facilitate period-to-period operating performance comparisons. |
|
(2) |
|
This amount represents a non-recurring legal settlement in favor of the Company. |
|
(3) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income or any other measures derived in accordance with GAAP. For a definition of Adj usted EBITDA see “ Non-GAAP Financial Measures. ” |
The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to Non-GAAP net income (loss) for each of the periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Dec. 31, |
|
Sept. 30, |
|
Jun. 30, |
|
Mar. 31, |
|
Dec. 31, |
|
Sept. 30, |
|
Jun. 30, |
|
Mar. 31, |
|
||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2014 |
|
2014 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2013 |
|
2013 |
|
2013 |
|
||||||||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Reconciliation of Net Loss to Non-GAAP Net Income (Loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Non-GAAP Adjustments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IPO-related expenses |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Warrant expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of contingent consideration |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ticker symbol acquisition costs |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Certain litigation costs(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Legal Settlement(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) (3) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The excluded amounts relate to legal costs incurred in connection with a claim we filed against Sonic Automotive Holdings, Inc. in connection with trademark infringement and related matters. We have not historically excluded these costs from Non-GAAP net income (loss); however, as we have incurred increasing costs to advance our claim, we believe that their exclusion is appropriate to facilitate period-to-period operating performance comparisons. |
|
(2) |
|
This amount represents a non-recurring legal settlement in favor of the Company. |
62
|
(3) |
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) is not a measure of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income or any other measures derive d in accordance with GAAP. For a definition of Non-GAAP net income (loss) see “ Non-GAAP Financial Measures. ” |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
At December 31, 2014, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $147.5 million. Since inception, our operations have been financed primarily by net proceeds from the sales of shares of our capital stock and proceeds from the issuance of indebtedness.
We have incurred cumulative losses of $211.0 million from our operations through December 31, 2014, and expect to incur additional losses in the future. We believe that our existing sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. However, our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, and the timing and extent of our spending to support our technology and development efforts. To the extent that existing cash and cash equivalents, and cash from operations are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.
Credit Facility
We previously entered into a credit facility with a financial institution that provided for advances under a formula-based revolving line of credit and had no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2014.
On February 18, 2015, we amended our credit facility to provide advances of up to $35.0 million. This amended credit facility provides a $10.0 million subfacility for the issuance of letters of credit and contains an increase option permitting us, subject to the lenders consent, to increase the revolving credit facility by up to $15.0 million, to an aggregate maximum of $50 million. The credit facility has a three-year term and matures on February 18, 2018. See Note 6 of our consolidated financial statements herein for more information about our amended credit facility.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|||||||
Consolidated Cash Flow Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Operating Activities
Our net loss and cash flows used in operating activities are significantly influenced by our investments in headcount and infrastructure to support our growth, and marketing, advertising and sponsorship expenses. Our net loss has been significantly greater than cash provided by or used in operating activities due to the inclusion of non-cash expenses and charges.
Cash provided by operating activities in 2014 was $3. 1 million. This was primarily due to our net loss of $48.4 million, which, adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization expense of $13.0 million, stock-based compensation expense of $29.3 million, common stock warrant expense of $9.9 million, and other non-cash adjustments of $1. 3 million, resulted in $5. 1 million in cash provided by operations. This was offset by a decrease of $2.0 million in changes to o perating assets and liabilities, which reflected a decrease in accrued expenses and other
63
liabilities of $4.3 million, primarily related to increases in accrued marketing expenses, legal costs, and construction costs; a decrease in accrued employee expenses of $3.9 million related to increased accrued bonuses driven by growth in headcount; and a decrease in accounts payable of $3.4 million, primarily related to affinity group marketing fees. These were partially offset by a $10.4 million increase in accounts receivable as a result of our increased revenues, $1.7 million increase in prepaid expenses related to media production, insurance, and software costs, and a $1.3 million increase in other assets related to amounts receivable from a legal settlement in our favor.
Cash used in operating activities in 2013 was $3.9 million, primarily as a result of our net loss of $25.1 million and a $6.7 million use of cash as a result of changes in operating assets and liabilities, which was largely offset by $27.9 million of non-cash operating expenses. The $6.7 million use of cash as a result of changes in operating assets and liabilities reflected an $8.2 million increase in accounts receivable as a result of our increased revenues, a $2.0 million increase in prepaid expenses primarily associated with our increased media advertising spend, a decrease of $1.2 million in accrued expenses primarily associated with the modification of the marketing arrangement with Yahoo! in 2012, partially offset by a $4.0 million increase in accrued employee expenses due to an increase in accrued bonuses driven by our improved financial results, and a $1.4 million increase in accounts payable associated with the growth in our business.
Cash used in operating activities in 2012 was $32.7 million, primarily as a result of our net loss of $74.5 million, which was partially offset by $29.1 million of non-cash operating expenses and $12.7 million of net cash flows provided through changes in our operating assets and liabilities. The $12.7 million use of cash as a result of changes in operating assets and liabilities reflected $10.0 million associated with the release of a deposit with Yahoo! upon the modification of our marketing arrangement. Changes in our operating assets and liabilities were also affected by a $2.7 million increase in accrued expenses primarily due to increases in accrued marketing expenses associated with our increased television and online marketing spend, a $2.5 million decrease in accounts receivable reflecting the dealer attrition we experienced in the first half of 2012, which was partially offset by a $2.1 million decrease in accounts payable due to our cost cutting initiatives.
Investing Activities
Our investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures for capitalized software development costs and property and equipment, purchase s and sales of marketable securities, and changes in restricted cash requirements associated with our marketing arrangement with Yahoo! which was modified in 2012.
Cash used in investing activities of $9. 8 million for 2014 primarily resulted from investments in capitalized software development and property and equipment of $15. 5 million and a purchase of $0.4 million related to the True.com domain name , which was partially offset by $4.1 million of repayments on notes receivable from related parties and the release of $2.0 million of restricted cash under our modified marketing arrangement with Yahoo! .
Cash used in investing activities of $5.5 million in 2013 primarily resulted from the investment in capitalized software development and property and equipment of $8.4 million which was partially offset by the release of $2.5 million in restricted cash under our modified marketing arrangement with Yahoo!, and $0.4 million of payments on notes receivable from related parties.
Cash provided by investing activities of $20.4 million in 2012 resulted from the sale of short-term marketable securities of $31.1 million, which was partially offset by $6.2 million for the investment in capitalized software development and purchase of property and equipment, and an increase in restricted cash requirements of $4.5 million in connection with the modification of a marketing arrangement with Yahoo! in June 2012.
Financing Activities
Cash provided by financing activities of $110.4 million for 2014 reflects $69.7 million of proceeds from our initial public offering, $3 0.9 million of proceeds from our follow-on offering, approximately $9. 4 million of proceeds from the exercise of warrants , $5.3 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options , net of taxes paid for the net
64
share settlement of certain equity awards, and $5.0 million of proceeds from borrowings under our credit facility, which was partially offset by repayment of $ 10 .0 million under our credit facility .
Cash provided by financing activities of $31.2 million in 2013 reflects net proceeds of $29.9 million from the issuance of 2,857,143 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in a private placement, and $5.0 million from a draw down under our Credit Facility. These increases were partially offset by a $2.0 million repurchase of vested option awards pursuant to a settlement agreement entered into with a former executive, a $1.0 million repurchase of outstanding common stock pursuant to an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, $0.6 million for payments of costs related to this offering, and $0.4 million of payments of contingent consideration related to the Carperks acquisition. The remaining contingent consideration related to the Carperks acquisition of $1.9 million was paid in 2013. Of this total, $0.4 million was part of the estimated purchase price and has been classified as a financing cash out flow. The additional $1.5 million has been classifi ed as an operating cash outflow .
Cash provided by financing activities of $22.6 million in 2012 reflects net proceeds of $23.1 million from the issuance of convertible notes in May 2012, and $1.0 million of cash proceeds associated with the issuance of shares of our common stock upon exercise of common stock warrants and common stock options, which was partially offset by cash used in the repurchase of shares of our common stock in the amount of $1.6 million under the terms of employment agreements with certain of our current and former executives.
Contractual Obligations and Known Future Cash Requirements
Contractual Obligations
Set forth below is information concerning our known contractual obligations at December 31, 2014 that are fixed and determinable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than |
|
||
|
|
Total |
|
1 Year |
|
1 - 3 Years |
|
3 - 5 Years |
|
5 Years |
|
|||||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
Lease obligations |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Purchase obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Sponsorship marketing agreements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Our lease obligations consist of various leases for office space. We also have purchase obligations for data information, software related licenses and support services, as well as future commitments associated with our marketing sponsorship agreements. For further discussion, see Note 7 of our consolidated financial statements included herein. Contingent obligations arising from unrecognized tax benefits are not included in the contractual obligations because it is expected that the unrecognized benefits would only result in an insignificant amount of cash payments.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not engage in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, as part of our ongoing business. Accordingly, our operating results, financial condition , and cash flows are not subject to off-balance sheet risks.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other
65
assumptions on an ongoing basis and that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.
We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, sales allowances and allowances for doubtful accounts, the fair value of assets and liabilities assumed in business combinations, the recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, valuation allowances with respect to deferred tax assets, useful lives associated with property and equipment and intangible assets, the expensing and capitalization of software and website development costs, contingencies and the valuation and assumptions underlying stock-based compensation and other equity instruments have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements inclu ded herein .
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria have been met:
|
· |
|
Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. |
|
· |
|
Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered. |
|
· |
|
The fees are fixed or determinable. |
|
· |
|
Collectability is reasonably assured. We assess collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis, as well as the customer’s payment history. |
Deferred revenue is recognized on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets when payments are received in advance of us meeting all of the revenue recognition criteria described above.
Transaction Revenue
We recognize revenue for fee arrangements based on a per vehicle basis when the vehicle sale has occurred between the automotive buying website program user and dealer. Under the contractual terms and conditions with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, the dealer is required to pay us upon the sale of a vehicle to a user that has been provided to the dealer by us. Revenue recognition is not contingent on verification or acceptance of the transaction by the dealer.
Upon a user deciding to proceed with the user’s vehicle purchase through us, the user provides his or her name, address, e-mail, and phone number during the process of obtaining a Guaranteed Savings Certificate, which gives us the identity and source of a TrueCar lead provided to a specific dealer prior to an actual sale occurring. After a sale occurs, we receive real-time information regarding the sale, including the identity of the purchaser, via the D ealer M anagement S ystem , “DMS”, used by the dealer that made the sale. To the extent that a sale is not matched via comparison of user information we have to sale information provided by the DMS , we also establish matches via one or more of the over 20 different data feeds provided to the Company by third party data aggregators, loan and insurance files provided by our affinity group marketing partners and other publicly available sources. This process often results in overlapping sales matches between the DMS and multiple data feeds, resulting in a high degree of certainty with respect to our ability to identify user leads that we provide to the dealers. This data is also used to invoice dealers shortly after the completion of the sales transactions. As a result of the various data sources available to us, it is unusual for us to have difficulty in reconciling leads provided to our network of dealers to actual vehicle sales under our platform.
Revenue is recognized net of estimated sales allowances. We establish sales allowances at the time of revenue recognition based on our history of adjustments and credits provided to our TrueCar Certified Dealers. Sales allowances relate primarily to credits issued where a dealer claims that an introduction was previously identified by the dealer from a source other than us. While the dealer is contractually obligated to pay the invoice, we may issue a credit against the invoice to maintain overall dealer relations. In assessing the adequacy of the sales allowance, we evaluate our history of
66
adjustments and credits made through the date of the issuance of the financial statements. While estimated sales adjustments and credits and ultimate losses may vary from actual results, and could be material to the financial statements, actual sales allowances have been materially consistent with our estimates.
We also recognize revenue from dealers under subscription arrangements. Subscription fee arrangements are short-term in nature with terms ranging from one to three months and are cancellable by the dealer or us at any time. Subscription arrangements fall into three types: flat rate subscriptions, subscriptions subject to downward adjustment based on a minimum number of vehicle sales ( “ guaranteed sales ” ) and subscriptions subject to downward adjustment based on a minimum number of introductions ( “ guaranteed introductions ” ). Under flat rate subscription arrangements, fees are charged at a monthly flat rate regardless of the number of sales made to users of our platform by the dealer. For flat rate subscription arrangements, we recognize the fees as revenue over the subscription period on a straight line basis which corresponds to the period that we are providing the dealer with access to our platform. Under guaranteed sales subscription arrangements fees are charged based on the number of guaranteed sales multiplied by a fixed amount per vehicle. To the extent that the actual number of vehicles sold by the dealers to users of our platform is less than the number of guaranteed sales, we provide a credit to the dealer. To the extent that the actual number of vehicles sold exceeds the number of guaranteed sales, we are not entitled to any additional fees. Under guaranteed introductions subscription arrangements, fees are charged based on a periodically-updated formula that considers, among other things, the introductions anticipated to be provided to the dealer. To the extent that the number of actual introductions is less than the number of guaranteed introductions, we provide a credit to the dealer. To the extent that the actual number of introductions provided exceeds the number guaranteed, we are not entitled to any additional fees. For guaranteed sales and guaranteed introductions subscription arrangements, we recognize revenue based on the lesser of (i) the actual number of sales generated or introductions delivered through our platform during the subscription period multiplied by the contracted price per sale/introduction or (ii) the straight-line of the subscription fee over the period over which the services are delivered.
In addition, some automobile manufacturers promote the sale of their vehicles through the offering of additional consumer incentives to members of our affinity group marketing partners. These manufacturers pay a per-vehicle fee to us for promotion of the incentive and we recognize as revenue the per-vehicle incentive fee at the time the sale of the vehicle has occurred between the Automotive Website Program user and the dealer.
Data and Other Revenue
We also derive revenue from providing data and consulting services to the automotive and financial services industries. Additional revenue sources include lead referral fees, advertising fees earned from display advertisements on the TrueCar.com website, and data licensing fees earned for licensing certain proprietary data to third parties. We generally recognize revenue upon delivery of such services.
Sales of data and consulting services may include multiple deliverables including sale of lease residual data, guidebooks and consulting services. We therefore recognize revenues for these arrangements in accordance with FASB ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition — Multiple-Element Arrangements ( “ ASC 605-25 ” ). ASC 605-25 was updated by Accounting Standards Update ( “ ASU ” ) 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a Consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force ( “ ASU 2009-13 ” ).
For multiple deliverable revenue arrangements, we first assess whether each deliverable has value to the customer on a standalone basis and performance is considered probable and substantially in our control. Data and consulting services are sold both on a standalone basis and as part of multiple deliverable arrangements. Accordingly, the services have standalone value to the customer. Based on that standalone value of the deliverables, we allocate our revenues among the separate deliverables in the arrangement using the relative selling price method hierarchy established in ASU 2009-13. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverable revenue arrangement to be based on, in descending order: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE, or (iii) management’s best estimated selling price, or BESP.
We have not established VSOE or TPE for our data and consulting services because the deliverables are not sold separately within a sufficiently narrow price range or third party pricing for comparable services is not available;
67
therefore, we apply judgment to determine BESP. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the service were sold on a stand-alone basis. The determination of BESP requires us to make significant estimates and judgments and we consider numerous factors in this determination, including the nature of the deliverables, market conditions and our competitive landscape, internal costs, and our pricing and discounting practices associated with actual transactions. We update our estimates of BESP on a periodic basis as events and as circumstances may require.
Revenue from the sale of lease residual value data and guidebooks is recognized in the period that the data or report is delivered. Revenue in connection with consulting services is recognized in the period the report is completed and delivered to the customer.
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts
We determine our allowance for doubtful accounts based on our historical write-off experience and when specific circumstances make it likely that recovery will not occur. We review the allowance for doubtful accounts periodically and assesses the aging of account balances, with an emphasis on those that are past due over ninety days. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when we determine that it is probable the receivable will not be recovered.
Business Combinations
The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Purchase accounting results in assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Any excess consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.
We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for an acquisition and allocate the purchase price to the respective net tangible and intangible assets. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenues and cash flows and discount rates. We engage the assistance of valuation specialists in arriving at fair value measurements in connection with fair values of assets and liabilities assumed in a business combination.
Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred, and are included in general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of comprehensive loss.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price paid over the fair value of the iden tifiable assets and liabilities acquired in our business combinations. Goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Events or changes in circumstances which could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.
We assess goodwill for possible impairment by performing a qualitative analysis to determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then additional impairment testing is not required. However, if we conclude otherwise, then we are required to perform the first of a two-step impairment test.
68
The first step involves comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, then the carrying amount of the goodwill is compared with its implied fair value. The estimate of implied fair value of goodwill may require valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess.
We test for goodwill impairment annually at December 31. During the years ended December 31, 201 4 , 201 3 and 201 2 , there were no impairment charges recorded on our goodwill. We performed a qualitative goodwill assessment at December 31, 201 4 and concluded there was no impairment based on a number of factors considered, including the improvement in key operating metrics over the prior year, the value of our common stock , overall strength of the automotive industry and general economy, and continued execution against our overall strategic objectives. The fair value of reporting units which include goodwill exceeded their carrying value by a significant margin during each reporting period.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We assess the impairment of long-lived assets, consisting primarily of property and equipment and intangible assets resulting from business combinations, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured first by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. When measuring the recoverability of these assets, we make assumptions regarding our estimated future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If our estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to impair these assets. We have not recognized any impairment of long-lived assets to date.
Software and Website Development Costs
Costs incurred in the preliminary project and post-implementation stages of development and maintenance of our platform are expensed as incurred. Certain costs incurred in the application development stage of a new product or projects to provide significant additional functionality to existing products are capitalized if certain criteria are met. Maintenance and enhancement costs are typically expensed as incurred. Such costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which are estimated to be three years. Amortization expense is included in depreciation and amortization in the statements of comprehensive loss.
Stock-Based Compensation
We recognize stock-based compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards granted to our employees, consultants and other service providers that can be settled in shares of our common stock. We estimate the grant date fair value of option grants, and the resulting stock-based compensation using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For restricted stock awards and restricted stock units, we use the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant to determine the fair value of the award. Stock-based compensation for employee awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite period, except for performance-based awards, which are recognized using the graded-vesting model. As stock-based compensation expense recognized is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, such expense is reduced for estimated forfeitures.
Determining the fair value of awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock, which are key inputs in the determination of the fair value of stock-based awards. These assumptions include:
|
· |
|
Risk-free interest rate . The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant with maturities approximately equal to the expected term of the options; |
69
|
· |
|
Expected term . We use the simplified method under the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment , to calculate expected term for plain vanilla share options . For performance-based option awards and out-of-the money option grants, we determine the expected term based upon historical exercise and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercise behavior ; |
|
· |
|
Expected volatility . As we do not have a significant trading history for our common stock, expected volatility is derived from the historical stock volatilities of several comparable publicly listed peers over a period approximately equal to the expected term of the options. When making the selections of our comparable industry peers to be used in the volatility calculation, we considered the size, operational and economic similarities to our principal business operations; and |
|
· |
|
Dividend yield . The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as we have never paid dividends and have no current plans to pay any dividends on our common stock. |
In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based upon an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover, and other factors. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements.
We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms, and forfeiture rates utilized for our stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to the estimates of our expected volatility, expected term, and forfeiture rate assumptions, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.
At December 31, 201 4 total remaining stock - based compensation expense for unvested awards was $69.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted - average period of 2. 81 years.
Prior to the date our common stock began trading on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, the fair value of our common stock had been approved by the board of directors at each grant date based on a variety of factors, including periodic valuations of our common stock, our financial position, historical financial performance, projected financial performance, valuations of publicly traded peer companies arm’s-length sales of our common stock, and the illiquid nature of common stock. Since our initial public offering, we determine the fair value of our common stock based on the closing price as quoted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market of our common stock on the grant date.
Income Taxes
We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the year that includes the enactment date. We determine deferred tax assets including net operating losses and liabilities, based on temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established to reduce net deferred tax assets to amounts that are more likely than not to be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. We have a full valuation allowance, and have concluded, based on the weight of all available evidence, that it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax assets will not be realized, primarily due to our historical net operating losses.
70
We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Step one, recognition, requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. If a tax position is not considered “ more likely than not ” to be sustained, no benefits of the position are recognized. If we determine that a position is “ more likely than not ” to be sustained, then we proceed to step two, measurement, which is based on the largest amount of benefit which is more likely than not to be realized on effective settlement. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, including assessing the risks associated with tax audits, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. If actual results differ from our estimates, our net operating loss and credit carryforwards could be materially impacted.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See N ote 2 to our consolidated financial statements inclu ded herein.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may affect our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. We are exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates.
Interest Rate Risk
We had cash and cash equivalents of $147.5 million at December 31, 2014, which consists entirely of bank deposits and short-term money market funds . Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. To date , fluctuations in interest income have not been significant.
We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure.
To the extent we borrow funds under our credit facility, we would be subject to fluctuations in interest rates. See Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources.” As of December 31, 2014, we had no borrowings under the credit facility. We believe that we do not have a material exposure to changes in the fair value as a result of changes in interest rates.
Inflation Risk
We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Historically, as our operations and sales have been primarily in the United States, we have not faced any significant foreign currency risk. If we plan for international expansion, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and we will continue to reassess our approach to managing this risk.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The information required by this item appears in a separate section of this annual report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1 and is incorporated herein by reference.
71
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The phrase “ disclosure controls and procedures ” refers to controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Disclosure controls and procedures are also designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer, or CEO, and chief financial officer, or CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decision regarding required disclosure.
Our management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and proced ures (as defined in Rules 13a- 5(e) and 15d- 15(e) under the Exchange Act), as of December 31, 2014, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on such evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that as of December 31, 2014, our disclosure controls and procedures were designed at a reasonable assurance level and were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in Internal Control
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management's evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the fourth quarter of 201 4 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management's assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by the rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures
In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.
None.
72
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.
Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all officers, directors , and employees, which is available on our website (ir.true.com) under "Corporate Governance – Documents and Charters." We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and by posting such information on the website address and location specified above.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
1. Financial Statements:
|
|
|
|
|
F- 1 |
|
|
|
F- 2 |
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 |
|
F- 3 |
|
|
F- 4 |
|
|
|
F- 5 |
|
|
|
F- 6 |
|
|
|
F- 8 |
|
73
2. Financial Statements Schedule
All schedules have been omitted because they are not required, not applicable, not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or the required information is otherwise included in our consolidated financial statements and related notes.
3. Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of, or are incorporated by reference in, this annual report on Form 10-K:
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
Exhibit Title |
|
|
|
|
|
3.1(2) |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. |
|
|
|
|
|
3.2(2) |
|
Bylaws of the Registrant. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.1(3) |
|
Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated November 22, 2013, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.2(2) |
|
Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.3(2) |
|
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated May 1, 2014, by and between the Registrant and United Services Automobile Association. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.4(2) |
|
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated May 2, 2014, by and between the Registrant and 8020 Consulting. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.5(1) |
|
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated May 15, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Avis-Davis Productions, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.6(3) |
|
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated February 25, 2011, by and between the Registrant and GR Match, LLC. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.7(3) |
|
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated November 22, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.8(3) |
|
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated March 12, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Centrue Financial Corporation. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.9(3) |
|
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated February 11, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Venture Lending & Leasing VI, LLC. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.10(3) |
|
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated February 11, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Venture Lending & Leasing VII, LLC. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.1#(3) |
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.2#(3) |
|
2005 Stock Plan, as amended, and forms of agreements thereunder. |
|
74
Exhibit
|
|
Exhibit Title |
|
|
|
|
|
10.3#(3) |
|
2008 Stock Plan, as amended, and forms of agreements thereunder. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.4#(1) |
|
2014 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.5#(3) |
|
Employment Agreement, dated December 20, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Scott Painter, as amended. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.6#(3) |
|
Employment Agreement, dated October 25, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Michael Guthrie. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.7#(3) |
|
Employment Agreement, dated May 1, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Bernard Brenner. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.8#(3) |
|
Offer Letter, dated September 28, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Lawrence Dominique. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.9#(3) |
|
Employment Agreement, dated September 15, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Stewart Easterby. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.10#(3) |
|
Employment Agreement, dated September 15, 2008, by and between the Registrant and James Nguyen, as amended. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.11#(3) |
|
Offer Letter, dated November 1, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Thomas Taira. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.12#(3) |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 17, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Lucas Donat. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.13#(3) |
|
Employment Agreement, dated April 21, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Troy Foster. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.14#(3) |
|
Employment Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between the Registrant and John Krafcik. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.15#(3) |
|
Employment Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between the Registrant and John Stephenson. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.16(3) |
|
Clock Tower Building Office Lease, dated May 10, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Clock Tower, LLC, as amended by the Amendment to Lease Re Additional Space and Term Extension dated November 20, 2010 and the Second Amendment to Lease, dated September 19, 2013, by and between the Registrant and SaMo Clock Tower, LLC (successor in interest to Clock Tower, LLC). |
|
|
|
|
|
10.17(3) |
|
Office Lease, dated October 15, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Douglas Emmett 1995, LLC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Amendment, dated February 18, 2015, to Office Lease, dated October 15, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Douglas Emmett 1995, LLC. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.19(2) |
|
1540 Second Street Office Lease, dated September 30, 2013, by and between the Registrant and RBE 1540 Second Street LLC. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.20(4) |
|
1401 Ocean Avenue Office Lease Agreement, dated July 10, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Mani Brothers Portofino Plaza (DE), LLC. |
|
75
Exhibit
|
|
Exhibit Title |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.21(5) |
|
Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 15, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended by the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated November 12, 2010, the First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated December 31, 2010, the Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated November 11, 2011, the Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated February 9, 2012, the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated June 13, 2012, the First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 11, 2012, the Second Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated June 13, 2013, and the Third Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 11, 2014, but effective as of June 13, 2014. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third Amended & Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 18, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.23+(2) |
|
Zag Services & Maintenance Agreement, dated February 13, 2007, by and between the Registrant and United Services Automobile Association, as amended by Amendment #1 dated September 22, 2008, Amendment #2 dated May 12, 2009, Amendment #4 dated June 25, 2010, Amendment #5 dated October 26, 2010, Amendment #7 dated June 1, 2011, Amendment #9 dated March 13, 2012, Amendment #11 dated May 17, 2012, Amendment #12 dated May 17, 2012, Amendment #14 dated October 16, 2012, Amended and Restated Amendment #15 dated November 12, 2012, Amendment #16 dated December 12, 2012, Amendment #17 dated May 17, 2012, Amendment #18 dated January 17, 2013, Amendment #20 dated April 2, 2013, Amendment #22 dated July 22, 2013, Amendment #23 dated September 10, 2013, Amendment #24 dated August 30, 2013, Amendment #26 dated April 4, 2014, and Amendment #27 dated May 1, 2014. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.24(2) |
|
2014 Incentive Plan. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.25(2) |
|
Executive Incentive Compensation Plan. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.1(3) |
|
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Power of Attorney (included on signature page). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certification of the Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.INS |
|
XBRL Instance Document. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.SCH |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. |
|
76
Exhibit
|
|
Exhibit Title |
|
|
|
|
|
101.CAL |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. |
|
|
|
|
|
101.DEF |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. |
|
|
|
|
|
101.LAB |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. |
|
|
|
|
|
101.PRE |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. |
|
# Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
+ Portions of this exhibit have been granted confidential treatment by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
|
(1) |
|
Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-195036), filed with the SEC on May 15, 2014. |
|
(2) |
|
Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-195036), filed with the SEC on May 5, 2014. |
|
(3) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-195036), filed with the SEC on April 4, 2014. |
|
(4) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36449), filed with the SEC on August 14, 2014 . |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Monica, State of California, on March 1 1 , 2015 .
|
TRUECAR, INC. |
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Scott Painter |
||
|
|
Scott Painter |
||
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Michael Guthrie, Troy Foster and John Pierantoni, jointly and severally, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated .
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
/s/ Scott Painter |
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
|
March 11, 2015 |
Scott Painter |
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John Krafcik |
|
President and Director |
|
March 11, 2015 |
John Krafcik |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael Guthrie |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
March 11, 2015 |
Michael Guthrie |
|
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John Pierantoni |
|
Chief Accounting Officer |
|
March 11, 2015 |
John Pierantoni |
|
(Principal Accounting Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Abhishek Agrawal |
|
Director |
|
March 11, 2015 |
Abhishek Agrawal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Todd Bradley |
|
Director |
|
March 11, 2015 |
Todd Bradley |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert Buce |
|
Director |
|
March 11, 2015 |
Robert Buce |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Christopher Claus |
|
Director |
|
March 11, 2015 |
Christopher Claus |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Steven Dietz |
|
Director |
|
March 11, 2015 |
Steven Dietz |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Thomas Gibson |
|
Director |
|
March 11, 2015 |
Thomas Gibson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Ion Yadigaroglu |
|
Director |
|
March 11, 2015 |
Ion Yadigaroglu |
|
|
|
|
78
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
F- 2 |
|
|
|
F- 3 |
|
|
|
F- 4 |
|
|
|
F- 5 |
|
|
|
F- 6 |
|
|
|
F- 8 |
|
F- 1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIR M
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of TrueCar, Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TrueCar, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion .
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 11, 2015
F- 2
TrueCar, Inc.
(in thousands, except par value and share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Restricted cash — current |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $2,069 and $2,184 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively (includes related party receivables of $1,865 and $690 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes receivable from related parties — current |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses (includes related party prepaid expenses of $906 and $0 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other current assets (includes related party receivables of $0 and $363 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes receivable from related parties |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Other assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable (includes related party payables of $4,954 and $3,939 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Accrued employee expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving line of credit |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (includes related party accrued expenses of $0 and $516 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease financing obligation, net of current portion |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; no shares and 4,500,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively; no shares and 2,857,143 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares and no shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Common stock — $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares and 150,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively; 79,811,769 and 59,955,343 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes receivable from related parties |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders’ equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 3
TrueCar, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Los s
(in thousands except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
Revenues (includes related party revenues of $0, $0, and $1,431 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Costs and operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below; includes related party expenses of $405 , $2,738, and $2,289 for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing (includes related party expenses of $19,443, $10,164, and $3,981 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology and development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before (provision) benefit for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Provision) benefit for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per share, basic and diluted |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive loss : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on marketable securities |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 4
TrueCar, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes |
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivable |
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|||
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
|
|
from Related |
|
Accumulated |
|
Comprehensive |
|
Stockholders’ |
|||||||
|
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
APIC |
|
Parties |
|
Deficit |
|
Loss |
|
Equity |
||||||
Balance at December 31, 2011 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Net loss |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Issuance of warrants in connection with marketing agreements |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Exercise of options to purchase common stock |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Imputed interest on notes receivable |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Interest income on notes receivable |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Beneficial conversion feature related to convertible notes payable, net of tax |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Issuance of contingently redeemable common stock |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Exercise of warrants |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2012 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
Net loss |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Issuance of warrants in connection with marketing agreements |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Exercise of options to purchase common stock |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Repurchase of vested common stock awards |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Imputed interest on notes receivable |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Interest income on notes receivable |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Repayment of notes receivable |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Adjustment of contingently redeemable common stock |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Issuance of warrants in connection with Series A convertible preferred stock |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Issuance of warrants in connection with revolving line of credit |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Conversion of convertible note payable to common stock |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2013 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
Net loss |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts and offering costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock in connection with initial public offering |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock in follow-on offering, net of underwriting discounts and offering costs |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Issuance of warrants in connection with marketing agreements |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Exercise of warrants to purchase common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Shares issued in connection with employee stock plans, net of shares withheld for employee taxes |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Recovery of short swing profits |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Imputed interest on notes receivable |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Interest income on notes receivable |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Repayment of notes receivable |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .
F- 5
TrueCar, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow s
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
Cash flows from operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bad debt expense and other reserves |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal expense settled in stock |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Legal settlement paid in stock |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Increase in fair value of contingent consideration liability |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock warrant expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Imputed interest on notes receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income on notes receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense on note payable |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of beneficial conversion feature on convertible notes payable and discount on revolving line of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on disposal of fixed assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued employee expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in restricted cash |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales of short term investments |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Notes receivable from related parties |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Repayment of notes receivable from related parties |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 6
TrueCar, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
||
Cash flows from financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts and offering costs |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Proceeds from follow-on public offering, net of underwriting discounts and offering costs |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Proceeds from short swing profits |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Proceeds from borrowings under credit agreement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Repayments under credit agreement |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrants, net of issuance costs |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Issuance of convertible note payable |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Payments of initial public offering costs |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Payment of contingent consideration |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of vested common stock option awards |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Proceeds from exercise of warrants |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock in connection with initial public offering |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Initial public offering costs paid in the prior year |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Issuance of common stock in settlement of liability |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock in lieu of cash bonus |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Conversion of convertible note payable and accrued interest to common stock |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Contingently redeemable common stock |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Beneficial conversion feature related to convertible notes payable, net of tax |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Tenant incentive for purchase of leasehold improvements |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
Stock-based compensation capitalized for software development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognition of leased facility asset and lease financing obligation |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Accrued offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Capitalized assets included in accounts payable, accrued employee expenses and other accrued expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 7
1. Organization and Natur e of Business
TrueCar, Inc. (“TrueCar”) is an Internet - based information, technology, and communication services company. Hereinafter, TrueCar, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries TrueCar.com, Inc. and ALG, Inc. are collectively referred to as “TrueCar” or the “Company”; TrueCar.com, Inc. is referred to as “TrueCar.com” and ALG, Inc. is referred to as “ALG”. TrueCar was incorporated in the state of Delaware in February 2005 and began business operations in April 2005. Its principal corporate offices are located in Santa Monica, California.
TrueCar has established an intelligent, data driven platform that allows users to obtain market based pricing data on new and used cars and to connect with TrueCar’s network of Certified Dealers. TrueCar’s platform operates on a common technology infrastructure, powered by proprietary data and analytics. Users access TrueCar’s platform through the TrueCar.com website and TrueCar mobile applications or through the car buying websites and mobile applications that TrueCar operates for its affinity group marketing partners (“Auto Buying Programs”). An affinity group is comprised of a network of members or employees that provide discounts to its members.
ALG provides data and consulting services regarding determination of the residual value of an automobile at future given points in time, which are used to underwrite automotive loans and leases and by financial institutions to measure exposure and risk across loan, lease, and fleet portfolios. ALG also obtains automobile purchase data from a variety of sources and uses this data to provide consumers and dealers with highly accurate, geographically specific, real-time pricing information.
Reverse Stock Split
The Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved a 2 - for - 3 reverse split of its common stock and its Series A convertible preferred stock, or preferred stock, which was effected on May 2, 2014. All share data and per share data, and related information presented in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been retroactively adjusted, where applicable, to reflect the reverse stock split of its common stock and preferred stock.
Initial Public Offering
In May 2014, the Company completed its initial public offering (“IPO”) in which the Company sold an aggregate of 8,941,250 shares of its common stock, including 1,166,250 shares sold pursuant to the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase such shares, at a public offering price of $9.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $69.2 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company, from sales of its shares in the IPO. Immediately prior to the completion of the IPO, all shares of the then - outstanding Series A convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 2,857,143 shares of common stock.
Follow-on Public Offering
In November 2014, the Company completed a follow-on public offering in which the Company sold 1,960,390 shares of common stock and selling stockholders sold 5,402,601 shares at a price of $17.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $30.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company, from sales of its shares. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by selling stockholders.
F- 8
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The Company’s accounting and financial reporting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
Reclassification
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the current period presentation. These reclassifications were not material to the financial statements.
Revision of Prior Period Amounts
During the preparation of the Company’s 2014 consolidated financial statements, the Company identified and corrected immaterial errors in its prior period disclosures of related party accounts receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses. The parenthetical information within the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013 and Note 13 presented herein have been revised to reflect the correction of this error. The results of this correction were an increase to related party accounts receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.3 million, $2.8 million and $0.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TrueCar and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Business acquisitions are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. The Company’s purchase accounting resulted in all assets and liabilities of acquired businesses being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Assets and liabilities which are subject to judgment and use of estimates include sales allowances and allowances for doubtful accounts, the fair value of assets and liabilities assumed in business combinations, fair value of the capitalized facility lease, the recoverability of goodwill and long - lived assets, valuation allowances with respect to deferred tax assets, useful lives associated with property and equipment and intangible assets, contingencies, and the valuation and assumptions underlying stock - based compensation and other equity instruments. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates compared to historical experience and trends, which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities. In addition, the Company engaged valuation specialists to assist with management’s determination of the the valuation of its capitalized facility lease, fair values of assets and liabilities assumed in business combinations, and in periods prior to the Company’s initial public offering, valuation of common stock.
Segments
The Company has one operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is the Chief Executive Officer, the President, and the Chief Financial Officer, who manage the Company’s operations based on consolidated financial information for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources.
F- 9
The CODM reviews financial information on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about transaction revenue and data and other revenue (Note 14). All of the Company’s principal operations, decision - making functions and assets are located in the United States.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.
Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Accounting standards describe a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:
|
· |
|
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities or funds. |
|
· |
|
Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. |
|
· |
|
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. |
Fair Value Methods
Fair value is based on quoted market prices, if available. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based on internally developed models that primarily use market - based or independently sourced market parameters as inputs.
For financial instruments measured at fair value, the following section describes the valuation methodologies, key inputs and significant assumptions.
Cash equivalents, consisting primarily of money market instruments and debt securities represent highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at purchase. Generally, market prices are used to determine the fair value of money market instruments and debt securities.
The carrying amounts of cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, prepaid and other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these items. The fair value of the Company’s revolving line of credit approximates carrying value based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements.
Certain assets, including long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets are also subject to measurement at fair value on a non - recurring basis if they are deemed to be impaired as a result of an impairment review. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, no impairments were identified on those assets required to be measured at fair value on a non - recurring basis.
F- 10
Contingent Consideration Liability
The Company recorded a contingent consideration liability upon the acquisition of American Transportation Marketing Group, LTD (operating as Carperks) in 2011. Contingent consideration is measured at fair value and is based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The valuation of contingent consideration used assumptions the Company believed would be made by a market participant. The Company assessed these estimates on an on-going basis as additional data impacting the assumptions was obtained. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration related to updated assumptions and estimates were recognized within the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. The Company determined the fair value of the contingent consideration using the probability adjusted discounted cash flow method. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of contingent consideration were (i) probability of achieving the sales milestone, (ii) period in which the milestone was expected to be achieved, and (iii) discount rates. At December 31, 2012, it was determined to be probable that the Company would achieve the sales milestone as included in the Carperks purchase agreement. This resulted in the recognition of an obligation of $1.8 million at December 31, 2012. The change in the fair value of contingent consideration liability during the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily related to a significant increase in the probability of achieving the milestone as a result of the Company amending the original agreement to extend the time permitted to achieve the milestone. The Company paid Carperks approximately $1.9 million through December 31, 2013 as the sales milestone was achieved during 2013.
The following table summarizes the Company's financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2014 and 2013 by level within the fair value hierarchy. Financial assets are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2014 |
|
At December 31, 2013 |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fair |
|
|
|
|
Total Fair |
|
||
|
|
Level 1 |
|
Value |
|
Level 1 |
|
Value |
|
||||
Cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
The Company did not have any Level 2 or Level 3 assets as of December 31, 2014 or 2013 and there were no liabilities measured at fair value as of December 31, 2014 or 2013.
The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 financial instruments during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingent |
|
|
|
|
Consideration |
|
|
Fair value at December 31, 2011 |
|
$ |
|
|
Changes in fair value |
|
|
|
|
Fair value at December 31, 2012 |
|
$ |
|
|
Changes in fair value |
|
|
|
|
Payments on contingent consideration |
|
|
|
|
Fair value at December 31, 2013 |
|
$ |
— |
|
Concentrations of Credit and Business Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.
F- 11
The Company, at times, maintains cash balances at financial institutions in excess of amounts insured by United States government agencies or payable by the United States government directly. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions.
Each reporting period, the Company reevaluates each customer’s ability to satisfy credit obligations and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the evaluations. No single customer comprised more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. No single customer comprised more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2014 and 2013.
The Company’s single largest source of unique visitors to its Auto Buying Programs comes from its affinity group marketing partner relationship with United Services Automobile Association (“USAA”), a related party (Note 13). Changes in the Company’s relationship with USAA and its promotion and marketing of the Company’s Auto Buying Programs may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity at the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, cash and cash equivalents were comprised of cash held in money market funds and checking accounts.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash at December 31, 2013 represents cash on deposit with a financial institution which served as collateral under an Automotive Website Program Partnership Agreement with Yahoo! (Note 8). The restriction on the cash lapsed in conjunction with the expiration of the credit agreement on September 29, 2014.
Accounts Receivable, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, and Sales Allowances
The Company extends credit in the normal course of business to its customers and performs credit evaluations on a case - by - case basis. The Company does not obtain collateral or other security related to its accounts receivable.
Accounts receivable are recorded based on the amount due from the customer and do not bear interest. The Company reduces accounts receivable by sales allowances and allowance for doubtful accounts.
The Company establishes sales allowances at the time of revenue recognition based on its history of adjustments and credits provided to its network of dealers. Sales allowances relate primarily to credits issued where a dealer claims that an introduction was previously identified by the dealer from a source other than the Company. While contractually obligated to pay the invoice, the Company may issue a credit against the invoice to maintain overall dealer relations. In assessing the adequacy of the sales allowance, the Company evaluates its history of adjustments and credits made through the date of the issuance of the financial statements. Estimated sales adjustments and credits and ultimate losses may vary from actual results which could be material to the financial statements; however, to date, actual sales allowances have been materially consistent with the Company’s estimates.
The Company determines its allowance for doubtful accounts based on its historical write - off experience and when specific circumstances make it likely that recovery will not occur. The Company reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts each reporting period and assesses the aging of account balances, with an emphasis on those that are past due over ninety days. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company determines that it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The Company does not have any off - balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers.
F- 12
The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts and sales allowances (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
Allowances, at beginning of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Charged as a reduction of revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charged to bad debt expense in general and administrative expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-offs, net of recoveries |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances, at end of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight - line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which is generally three years for computer hardware and software, five years for furniture and equipment, and over the shorter of lease term or useful life of the assets for leasehold improvements. Buildings are depreciated over a useful life of forty years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the Company’s results of operations.
Build-to-Suit Leases
The Company establishes assets and liabilities for the fair value of the building and estimated construction costs incurred under lease arrangements when it is considered the owner (for accounting purposes only), or build-to-suit leases, to the extent it is involved in the construction of structural improvements or takes on construction risk. Upon completion of construction of facilities under build-to-suit leases, the Company assesses whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under the sale-leaseback accounting guidance, and if so, the leased facility and lease financing obligation are removed from the balance sheet. If the Company does not qualify for sale-leaseback accounting, then the facilities are accounted for as financing leases.
Software and Website Development Costs
The Company accounts for the costs of computer software obtained or developed for internal use in accordance with FASB ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other . Computer software development costs and website development costs are expensed as incurred, except for internal use software or website development costs that qualify for capitalization as described below, and include employee related expenses, including salaries, bonuses, benefits and stock-based compensation expenses; costs of computer hardware and software; and costs incurred in developing features and functionality. These capitalized costs are included in property and equipment on the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company expenses costs incurred in the preliminary project and post implementation stages of software development and capitalizes costs incurred in the application development stage and costs associated with significant enhancements to existing internal use software applications.
Software costs are amortized using the straight - line method over an estimated useful life of three years commencing when the software project is ready for its intended use.
Costs incurred related to less significant modifications and enhancements as well as maintenance are expensed as incurred.
F- 13
At December 31, 2014 and 2013, capitalized software costs were $29.7 million and $16.2 million, respectively, before accumulated amortization of $11.9 million and $6.4 million, respectively. During 2014 and 2013, the Company wrote off capitalized software costs that were no longer in use of $0.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively, and accumulated amortization of $0.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, which resulted in an acceleration of amortization of $0.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively.
Expected amortization expense with respect to capitalized software costs at December 31, 2014 for each of the three years through December 31, 2017 is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Years ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
|
|
2016 |
|
|
|
|
2017 |
|
|
|
|
Total amortization expense |
|
$ |
|
|
Intangible Assets Acquired in Business Combinations
The Company performs valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed on each acquisition accounted for as a business combination, and allocates the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on its best estimate of fair value. Acquired intangible assets include: trade names, customer relationships, and developed technology. The Company determines the appropriate useful life of intangible assets by performing an analysis of cash flows based on historical experience of the acquired businesses. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives based on the pattern in which the economic benefits associated with the asset are expected to be consumed, which to date has approximated the straight - line method of amortization. The estimated useful lives for trade names, customer relationships, and technology are generally, one to fifteen years, five to ten years, and three to ten years, respectively.
Long - Lived Assets
The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long - lived assets with finite useful lives for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Such triggering events or changes in circumstances may include: a significant decrease in the market price of a long - lived asset, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long - lived asset is being used, significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, the impact of competition or other factors that could affect the value of a long - lived asset, a significant adverse deterioration in the amount of revenue or cash flows expected to be generated from an asset group, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or development of a long - lived asset, current or future operating or cash flow losses that demonstrate continuing losses associated with the use of a long - lived asset, or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long - lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. The Company performs impairment testing at the asset group level that represents the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable and the expected undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the asset group are less than the carrying amount of the asset group, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. Fair value is determined based upon estimated discounted future cash flows. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, there were no impairment charges recorded on the Company’s long - lived assets.
F- 14
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price paid over the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired in the Company’s business combinations. Goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Events or changes in circumstances which could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the Company’s overall business strategy, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.
The Company assesses goodwill for possible impairment by performing a qualitative analysis to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then additional impairment testing is not required. Otherwise, the Company is required to perform the first of a two-step impairment test.
The first step involves comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, then the carrying amount of the goodwill is compared with its implied fair value. The estimate of implied fair value of goodwill may require valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess.
The Company tests for goodwill impairment annually at December 31. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, there were no impairment charges recorded on goodwill. The Company’s qualitative goodwill assessment at December 31, 2014 concluded there was no impairment based on a number of factors considered, including the improvement in key operating metrics over the prior year, the value of the Company’s common stock, overall strength of the automotive industry and general economy, and continued execution against the Company’s overall strategic objectives.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue, net of sales allowances, when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the fees are fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. Deferred revenue is recognized on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets when payments are received in advance of the Company meeting all of the revenue recognition criteria described above. The Company recorded deferred revenue (included in other accrued expenses) of $0.5 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Transaction Revenues
Auto Buying Program Revenues
Revenues consist of fees paid by dealers participating in the Company’s dealer network with which the Company has an agreement (“TrueCar Certified Dealers” or “Dealers”). TrueCar Certified Dealers pay the Company fees either on a per - vehicle basis for sales to Auto Buying Program users or in the form of a subscription arrangement.
F- 15
The Company recognizes revenue for fee arrangements based on a per - vehicle basis when the vehicle sale has occurred between the Auto Buying Program user and the Dealer. Under the contractual terms and conditions of arrangements with its network of participating TrueCar Certified Dealers, the dealer is required to pay the Company upon the sale of a vehicle to an Auto Buying Program user that has been provided to the dealer by the Company. Recognition of revenue from the sale is not contingent upon verification or acceptance of the transaction by the dealer.
Upon a user deciding to proceed with the user’s vehicle purchase through the Company, the user provides his or her name, address, e - mail, and a phone number during the process of obtaining a Guaranteed Savings Certificate, which gives the Company the identity and source of a TrueCar introduction provided to a specific dealer prior to an actual sale occurring. After a sale occurs, the Company receives information regarding the sale, including the identity of the purchaser, via the Dealer Management System used by the dealer that made the sale. The Company also receives information regarding vehicle sales from a variety of data sources, including third party car sales aggregators, car dealer networks, and other publicly available sources (collectively, “sales data”) and uses this sales data to further verify that a sale has occurred between an Auto Buying Program user and a TrueCar Certified Dealer, as well as a means to invoice the Dealer shortly after the completion of the sales transaction. Actual vehicle sales data is reported on a daily basis shortly following the date of sale.
The Company also recognizes revenue from dealers under subscription agreements. Subscription fee arrangements are short - term in nature with terms ranging from one to three months and are cancellable by the dealer or the Company at any time. Subscription arrangements fall into three types: flat rate subscriptions, subscriptions subject to downward adjustment based on a minimum number of vehicle sales (“guaranteed sales”), and subscriptions subject to downward adjustment based on a minimum number of introductions (“guaranteed introductions”). Under flat rate subscription arrangements, fees are charged at a monthly flat rate regardless of the number of sales made to users of the Company’s platform by the dealer. For flat rate subscription arrangements, the Company recognizes the fees as revenue over the subscription period on a straight line basis which corresponds to the period that the Company is providing the dealer access to the Auto Buying Program. Under guaranteed sales subscription arrangements, fees are charged based on the number of guaranteed sales multiplied by a fixed amount per vehicle. To the extent that the actual number of vehicles sold by the dealers to users of the Company’s platform is less than the number of guaranteed sales, the Company provides a credit to the dealer. To the extent that the actual number of vehicles sold exceeds the number of guaranteed sales, the Company is not entitled to any additional fees. Under guaranteed introductions subscription arrangements, fees are charged based on a periodically - updated formula that considers, among other things, the introductions anticipated to be provided to the dealer. To the extent that the number of actual introductions is less than the number of guaranteed introductions, the Company provides a credit to the dealer. To the extent that the actual number of introductions provided exceeds the number guaranteed, the Company is not entitled to any additional fees. For guaranteed sales and guaranteed introductions subscription arrangements, the Company recognizes revenue based on the lesser of (i) the actual number of sales generated or introductions delivered through the Auto Buying Program during the subscription period multiplied by the contracted price - per - sale/introduction or (ii) the straight - line of the subscription fee over the period over which the services are delivered.
OEM Incentives
The Company enters into arrangements with automobile manufacturers (“OEM”) to promote the sale of their vehicles through the offering of additional consumer incentives to members of the Company’s affinity group marketing partners. These manufacturers pay a per - vehicle fee to the Company for promotion of the incentive and the Company recognizes as revenue the per - vehicle incentive fee at the time the sale of the vehicle has occurred between the Auto Buying Program user and the dealer.
F- 16
Data and Other Revenues
Data and Other Services
Revenues are generated from the sale of lease residual value data for new and used leased automobiles, guidebooks, and consulting services. Sales are principally made to vehicle manufacturers, vehicle financing companies, investment banks, automobile dealers, and insurance companies. Data and consulting services customers typically prepay annually in the form of a subscription agreement for lease residual value data and guidebooks.
Data and consulting services sales arrangements may include multiple deliverables, such as sale of lease residual data from guidebooks and consulting services. For multiple deliverable revenue arrangements, the Company first assesses whether each deliverable has value to the customer on a standalone basis and performance is considered probable and substantially in its control. Data and consulting services can be sold both on a standalone basis or as part of multiple deliverable arrangements. The deliverables constitute separate units of accounting because the deliverables have standalone value to the customer and as such, the total arrangement consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting using the relative selling price hierarchy. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverable revenue arrangement to be based on, in descending order: (i) vendor - specific objective evidence, or VSOE, (ii) third - party evidence of selling price, or TPE, or (iii) management’s best estimated selling price, or BESP.
The Company cannot establish VSOE or TPE because the deliverables are not sold separately within a sufficiently narrow price range or third party pricing for comparable services is not available; therefore, it applies judgment to determine BESP. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the service were sold on a stand - alone basis. The determination of BESP requires the Company to make significant estimates and judgments and the Company considers numerous factors in this determination, including the nature of the deliverables, market conditions and the competitive landscape, internal costs, and its pricing and discounting practices. The Company updates its estimates of BESP on a periodic basis as events and as circumstances may require.
Revenue allocated to each element from the sale of lease residual value data, guidebooks, and consulting services is recognized when the basic recognition criteria are met for each element. Sales attributed to residual value data and guidebooks are recognized when the data or guidebooks are delivered, and consulting services are recognized when the project is completed.
Lead Referral Fees
Lead referral fees revenues consist of fees earned through an online process that refers consumers to out - of - network auto dealers for new and used vehicles when the Company is unable to identify a dealer with a vehicle in the Company’s dealer network for which a prospective car buyer is searching. Fees are recognized at the time the lead referral is transmitted to, and accepted by, the lead - buying entities and are not contingent on the sale of a vehicle. The Company is not a party to the arrangement with, and is not the primary obligor to, the lead - buyer’s dealer; accordingly, revenue is recognized for the net fee received for the lead from the lead - buyer.
F- 17
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
Cost of revenue includes expenses related to the fulfillment of the Company’s services, consisting primarily of data costs and licensing fees paid to third party service providers and expenses related to operating the Company’s website and mobile applications, including those associated with its data centers, hosting fees, data processing costs required to deliver introductions to its network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, employee costs related to dealer operations, sales matching, and employee and consulting costs related to delivering data and consulting services to the Company’s customers. Cost of revenue excludes depreciation and amortization of software development costs and other hosting and data infrastructure equipment used to operate the Company’s platforms, which are included in the depreciation and amortization line item on its statement of comprehensive loss.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of: television and radio advertising; affinity group partner marketing fees, which also includes loan subvention costs where the Company pays certain affinity group marketing partners a portion of consumers’ borrowing costs for car loan products offered by these affinity group marketing partners, and common stock warrants issued to USAA; marketing sponsorship programs; and digital customer acquisition. In addition, sales and marketing expenses include employee related expenses for sales, customer support, marketing and public relations employees, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation expenses; third-party contractor fees; and allocated overhead. Sales and marketing expenses also include costs related to common stock warrants issued to a third-party marketing firm and a service provider as part of our commercial arrangements with them.
Marketing and advertising costs promote our services and are expensed as incurred, except for media production costs which are expensed the first time the advertisement is aired. Marketing and advertising expenses were $58.1 million, $27.5 million, and $36.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Included in the $36.5 million of marketing and advertising expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 is $20.0 million for a guaranteed minimum number of unique visitors under an agreement with Yahoo! (Note 7). Prepaid expenses include prepaid media costs of $2.3 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Technology and Development
Technology and development expenses consist primarily of employee related expenses for technology and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock - based compensation; the cost of certain third - party service providers; and allocated overhead. Technology and development expenses are expensed as incurred.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee related expenses for administrative, legal, finance, and human resource staffs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock - based compensation; professional fees; insurance premiums; other corporate expenses; and allocated overhead.
Stock - Based Compensation
The Company recognizes stock - based compensation expense related to employee stock option, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date in accordance with the relevant standards. The Company estimates the grant date fair value of option grants, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Stock - based compensation for employee awards is recognized on a straight - line basis over the requisite period, except for performance - based awards which are recognized using the graded-vesting model.
F- 18
Compensation expense for non - employee stock - based awards is recognized in accordance with FASB ASC 505, Equity — Equity - Based Payments to Non - Employees . Under this standard, stock option awards issued to non - employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black - Scholes option - pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The Company records compensation expense based on the then - current fair values of the stock options at each financial reporting date. Compensation recorded during the service period is adjusted in subsequent periods for changes in the stock options’ fair value until the earlier of the date at which the non - employee’s performance is complete or a performance commitment is reached, which is generally when the stock option vests.
For issuances of restricted stock awards or restricted stock units, the Company determines the fair value of the award based on the market value of its common stock at the date of grant.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the tax rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions meeting the more - likely - than - not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, in its income tax provision in the accompanying statements of comprehensive loss.
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss encompasses all changes in equity other than those arising from transactions with stockholders and consists of net loss and unrealized gains on marketable securities.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”), the Company meets the definition of an emerging growth company. The Company has irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.
In April 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standards update clarifying the threshold for a disposal to qualify as a discontinued operation and requires new disclosures of both discontinued operations and certain other disposals that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operation. This standards update is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted but only for disposals that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
F- 19
In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance related to revenue from contracts with customers. Under this guidance, revenue is recognized when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. The updated standard will replace all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP when it becomes effective and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. Early adoption is not permitted. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
In June 2014, the FASB issued new guidance related to stock compensation. The new standard requires that a performance target that affects vesting, and that could be achieved after the requisite service period, be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant date fair value of the award. This update further clarifies that compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the periods for which the requisite service has already been rendered. The new standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015 and can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively to all awards outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In August 2014, the FASB issued new guidance requiring management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. Specifically, the new guidance provides a definition of the term substantial doubt, requires an evaluation every reporting period including interim periods, provides principles for considering the mitigating effect of management’s plans, requires certain disclosures when substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of consideration of management’s plans, requires an express statement and other disclosures when substantial doubt is not alleviated, and requires an assessment for a period of one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). The new guidance is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In November 2014, the FASB issued new guidance for determining whether the host contract in a hybrid financial instrument issued in the form of a share is more akin to debt or equity. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal year, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In November 2014, the FASB issued new guidance related to pushdown accounting which allows for an election of the option to apply pushdown accounting to the separate financial statements of an acquired entity upon the occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. The new guidance was effective on November 18, 2014. After the effective date, an acquired entity can make an election to apply the guidance to future change-in-control events or to its most recent change-in-control event. The adoption of the guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.
F- 20
3. Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
||
Computer equipment, software, and internally developed software |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalized facility lease |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
The Company is considered the owner, for accounting purposes only, during the construction period of its San Francisco, California office lease as it has taken on certain risks of construction build cost overages above normal tenant improvement allowances. Accordingly, the Company has capitalized the estimated fair value of the lease property and recognized a corresponding lease financing obligation of approximately $6.6 million, of which $0.5 million is included in the accrued expenses and other current liabilities balance. As construction costs are incurred, the Company will recognize an increase in capitalized facility lease for costs related to structural improvements. Normal leasehold improvements related to the facility are recorded in leasehold improvements in the table above.
Included in the table above are property and equipment of $8.1 million and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which are capitalizable, but had not yet been placed in service. The $8.1 million balance at December 31, 2014 comprised primarily of the capitalized facility lease of $6.6 million.
Total depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment was $8.9 million, $5.6 million and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.
Amortization of internal use capitalized software development costs was $5.7 million, $3.8 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.
4. Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands, except years):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2014 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
Gross Carrying |
|
Accumulated |
|
Net Carrying |
|
average useful |
|
|||
|
|
Value |
|
amortization |
|
Value |
|
life in years |
|
|||
Acquired technology and domain name |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tradenames |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
F- 21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2013 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
Gross Carrying |
|
Accumulated |
|
Net Carrying |
|
average useful |
|
|||
|
|
Value |
|
amortization |
|
Value |
|
life in years |
|
|||
Acquired technology and domain name |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tradenames |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2014, the increase in the gross intangible assets balance was primarily due to the purchase of the True.com domain name for $0.4 million.
Amortization expense by asset type for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 is shown below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
Acquired technology and domain name |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade names |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total amortization |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Expected amortization expense with respect to intangible assets at December 31, 2014 for each of the five years through December 31, 2019 and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Years ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
$ |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
|
|
2017 |
|
|
|
|
2018 |
|
|
|
|
2019 |
|
|
|
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
Total amortization expense |
|
$ |
|
|
5. Debt Financing
On May 8, 2012, the Company received cash proceeds of $23.1 million by issuing subordinated secured convertible promissory notes to investors. The convertible promissory notes bore interest at 10% per annum and were due on May 7, 2013. Principal and interest under the notes was due at maturity, unless earlier converted into shares of the Company’s common stock.
Principal and accrued interest under the promissory notes was automatically convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock issued and sold at the Company’s next financing yielding gross proceeds of at least $25.0 million (the “Qualified Financing”). The conversion price upon automatic conversion was equivalent to the lower of 85% of the price per share paid by the purchasers in the Qualified Financing or $12.08 per share. Principal and accrued interest under the promissory notes was convertible at the option of the holders if a change in control or an initial public offering occurred prior to the maturity date of the note. The conversion price per share was equivalent to the greater of 85% of the price per share as reflected in the change in control or initial public offering, or $7.95 per share.
F- 22
Principal and accrued interest under the promissory notes was convertible at the option of the holders if a Qualified Financing, change in control or initial public offering did not occur prior to maturity, at a price per share of $7.16.
As the convertible promissory notes allowed the holders to convert the notes at a price less than the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of issuance, the notes contained a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”). The BCF was valued on the issuance date of the notes as the difference between the fair value of the Company’s common stock and the conversion price of $7.16 per share multiplied by the number of shares that the notes were convertible into. The Company recorded the BCF of $2.7 million as a discount on the notes and an adjustment to additional paid - in capital. The discount was amortized as additional interest expense over the period of the notes using the effective interest method.
For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded interest expense of $1.5 million and amortization of debt discount of $1.8 million, which increased the face of the amount of the notes.
For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded interest expense of $0.8 million and amortization of debt discount of $0.9 million.
In May 2013, the holders of the secured convertible promissory notes converted all the principal and interest on the notes to 3,556,412 shares of common stock at a conversion price of $7.16 per share.
6. Credit Facility
June 2013 Amended Credit Facility
On June 13, 2013, the Company entered into a second amended and restated loan and security agreement (“Second Amended Credit Facility”) with a financial institution with which the Company had previous credit arrangements. The Second Amended Credit Facility provided for advances under a formula - based revolving line of credit and pledged substantially all of the Company’s assets as collateral. The revolving line of credit provided advances equal to 80% of eligible accounts receivable and was subject to sub - limits, as defined, for letters of credit, foreign exchange, and cash management services provided by the financial institution. The credit facility restricted the Company’s ability to pay dividends. In addition, the Company entered into a warrant agreement that allowed the financial institution to purchase 26,666 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $7.92 per share if the Company drew on the credit facility at any time after the issuance date. If at any time, the advances to the Company in aggregate principal amount were greater than $4.0 million, the number of shares would increase to 66,666. On August 29, 2013, the Company drew down $5.0 million on the credit facility, triggering warrants to purchase up to 66,666 shares of TrueCar’s common stock at an exercise of $7.92 per share to be issued to the financial institution. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a debt discount of $0.4 million related to the warrants issued.
The revolving line bore interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus an applicable margin based on the Company's liquidity defined as unrestricted cash plus amounts available under the credit facility. If the Company's liquidity was i) less than $10 million, the applicable margin was 1.75%, ii) if the Company's liquidity was equal to or greater than $10 million but less than $20 million, the applicable margin was 0.5%, iii) if the Company's liquidity was greater than or equal to $20 million, the applicable margin is 0.0%. The line of credit agreement required the Company to make monthly interest payments on the outstanding principal. The credit facility contained acceleration clauses that could accelerate any borrowings in the event of default. All unpaid principal was due at maturity, which was June 13, 2014.
F- 23
The maximum amount available under the line of credit was $12.0 million, of which $6.9 million was available at December 31, 2013. The Company repaid all amounts outstanding in May 2014.
The carrying value of the Company’s debt, before discount, approximated fair value. The carrying amount of the Company’s outstanding debt at December 31, 2013 is summarized as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
2013 |
|
|
Revolving line of credit |
|
$ |
|
|
Debt discount, net of accumulated accretion |
|
|
|
|
Total carrying value |
|
$ |
|
|
August 2014 Amendment to the Second Amended Credit Facility
In August 2014, the Company entered into a third amendment to the Second Amended Credit Facility with the same financial institution, effective as of June 13, 2014, that provided for advances of up to $25.0 million under a formula - based revolving line of credit that expires on June 13, 2016.
This amended credit facility bore interest at either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.25% if net cash, as defined, was greater than or equal to $1.00 (ii) LIBOR plus 3.75% if net cash, as defined, was less than $1.00, (iii) the bank’s prime rate if net cash was greater than or equal to $1.00, or (iv) the bank’s prime rate plus 1.5% if net cash was less than $1.00. The Company could select whether its borrowings would fall under a LIBOR or prime rate interest rate and also committed to pay an annual commitment fee of $50,000 to the financial institution.
This amended credit facility also required the Company to maintain an adjusted quick ratio of at least 1.5 to 1 on the last day of each month during periods when the Company had drawn down at least 75% of the lesser of the Borrowing Base or $25.0 million. The credit facility required the Company to pledge substantially all of its assets as collateral and contained acceleration clauses that could accelerate any borrowings in the event of default. The credit facility restricted the Company’s ability to pay dividends. At December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants.
In September 2014, the Company borrowed $5.0 million under this amended credit facility. In December 2014, the Company repaid all amounts then outstanding. At December 31, 2014, the Company had no outstanding amounts under the credit facility and the amount available was $15.1 million.
February 2015 Amended Credit Facility
In February 2015, the Company further amended its credit facility and entered into a third amended and restated loan and security agreement (“Third Amended Credit Facility”) with the same financial institution, effective as of February 18, 2015, for a $35.0 million secured revolving credit facility that expires on February 18, 2018. The Third Amended Credit Facility provides a $10.0 million subfacility for the issuance of letters of credit and contains an increase option permitting the Company, subject to the lenders consent, to increase the revolving credit facility by up to $15.0 million, to an aggregate maximum of $50 million.
This amended credit facility bears interest, at the Company’s option, at either (i) the prime rate published by The Wall Street Journal, plus a spread of - 0.25% to 0.50%, or (ii) a LIBOR rate determined in accordance with the terms of the credit facility, plus a spread of 1.75% to 2.50%. In each case, the spread is based on the Company’s adjusted quick ratio, which is a ratio of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents plus net billed accounts receivable to current liabilities plus all borrowings under the credit facility.
F- 24
Interest is due and payable quarterly in arrears for prime rate loans and on the earlier of the last day of each quarter or the end of an interest period, as defined in the Third Amended Credit Facility, for LIBOR rate loans. The Company is also obligated to pay an unused revolving line facility fee of 0.0% to 0.20% per annum based on the Company’s adjusted quick ratio.
This amended credit facility requires the Company to maintain an adjusted quick ratio of at least 1.5 to 1 on the last day of each quarter. If this adjusted quick ratio is not maintained, then the facility requires the Company to maintain, as measured at each quarter end, a maximum consolidated leverage ratio 3.00 or 2.50 to 1.00, and a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00.
Consolidated leverage ratio is a ratio of all funded indebtedness, including all capital lease obligations, plus all letters of credit under the facility to the Company’s Adjusted EBITDA for the trailing twelve months. Fixed charge coverage ratio is the ratio of our Adjusted EBITDA minus cash income taxes to our cash interest payments plus capital expenditures for the trailing twelve months. This credit facility also limits the Company’s ability to pay dividends.
The Company’s future material domestic subsidiaries are required, upon the lender’s request, to become co-borrowers under the credit facility. The credit facility contains acceleration clauses that accelerate any borrowings in the event of default. The obligations of the Company and its future material domestic subsidiaries are collateralized by substantially all of their respective assets, subject to certain exceptions and limitations.
7. Commitments and Contingencies
Office Lease Commitments
At December 31, 2014, the Company had various non - cancellable leases related to the Company’s office facilities which expire through 2029.
At December 31, 2014, future minimum payments for obligations under non - cancellable lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Years ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
2015 |
|
$ |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
|
|
2017 |
|
|
|
|
2018 |
|
|
|
|
2019 |
|
|
|
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments |
|
$ |
|
|
The Company recorded rent expense of $2.8 million, $2.7 million, and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.
In connection with one of the Company’s office facilities leases, the Company was required to obtain an irrevocable standby letter of credit, in the amount of $0.5 million for the benefit of its landlord. This letter of credit was posted by the financial institution which provides the Credit Facility (Note 6).
F- 25
San Francisco Office Lease
In May 2014, the Company entered into a new facility lease (the “Lease”) in San Francisco (the “San Francisco Office”) with total future minimum lease commitments over the next 10 years, beginning August 1, 2014 of $7.0 million. The remaining future minimum lease commitments as of December 31, 2014 are included in the table above. In conjunction with this lease, the Company was required to obtain an irrevocable standby letter of credit in the amount of $0.8 million for the benefit of the landlord. Beginning August 1, 2017 through August 1, 2020, the letter of credit is subject to an annual reduction to as little as $0.2 million.
The Company has concluded that it is deemed the owner (for accounting purposes only) of the San Francisco Office during the construction period under build-to-suit lease accounting. As the Company assumed control of the construction project in the third quarter of 2014, the Company recorded the fair value of the leased property and a corresponding liability in property and equipment and lease financing obligation, respectively, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognizes an increase in the asset as additional building costs are incurred during the construction period and a corresponding increase in the lease financing obligation for any construction costs to be reimbursed by the landlord.
Upon completion of the construction, which is estimated to be completed during the first quarter of 2015, the Company will retain the fair value of the San Francisco Office lease property and the obligation on its balance sheet as it does not qualify for sales and leaseback accounting due to requirements to maintain collateral in the lease. The Company will record the rent payments as a reduction of the lease financing obligation and imputed interest expense and ground rent as an operating expense. The fair value of the lease property will be depreciated over the building’s estimated useful life. At the conclusion of the lease term, the Company will de-recognize both the then carrying values of the asset and financing obligation.
Santa Monica Office Lease
In July 2014, the Company entered into a new facility lease in Santa Monica (the “Santa Monica Office”) with total future minimum lease commitments over the next fifteen years, beginning in January 2015, of $36.0 million, which are included in the future minimum lease payments table above. In connection with this lease, the Company obtained an irrevocable standby letter of credit in the amount of $3.5 million for the benefit of the landlord. Beginning October 1, 2019 through October 1, 2025, the letter of credit is subject to an annual reduction to as little as $1.2 million.
The Company took possession of the facility in January 2015 and is currently evaluating the improvement plans to determine if it will be the deemed owners during the construction period for accounting purposes. The Company expects to begin construction during the second quarter of 2015. To the extent the Company is deemed to be the owner during the construction period, the Company would be required to record a leased asset and corresponding lease obligation on its consolidated balance sheets.
Automotive Website Program Partnership Agreement
On October 19, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with Yahoo! Inc., or Yahoo!. Under the agreement, the Company agreed to host Yahoo!’s Auto Buying Program and pay a minimum of $50.0 million annually beginning January 1, 2012 for a period of three years, in exchange for a guarantee by Yahoo! of the delivery of specified quantities of unique visitors and users to the Auto Buying Program. On October 19, 2011, the Company paid a deposit of $10.0 million to Yahoo! and on January 17, 2012 provided a standby letter of credit of $15.0 million that guaranteed the Company’s performance under the agreement.
F- 26
On June 29, 2012, the Company and Yahoo! modified the Automotive Website Program Partnership Agreement, significantly reducing the Company’s obligations under the agreement. The modification eliminated the annual minimum guarantee of $50.0 million and provided that the Company pay Yahoo! a marketing fee based on future vehicle sales generated through the automotive site. The Company agreed to pay Yahoo! $20.0 million for the visitors and users it provided through the date of the terminated agreement via the use of the $10.0 million deposit originally held by Yahoo!, with the remaining balance payable in installments over a period of nine months, and was paid in full in February of 2013.
In addition, the June 29, 2012 modification provided for an immediate reduction of the standby letter of credit required under the agreement from $15.0 million to $10.0 million and a further reduction each month of $1.1 million, to reduce the standby letter of credit to $2.0 million as the Company made installment payments on the $20.0 million settlement amount. The Company was required to maintain restricted cash equal to the amount of the standby letter of credit. At December 31, 2012 the standby letter of credit outstanding totaled $4.5 million. The standby letter of credit was reduced to $2.0 million in April 2013 and reduced to zero in September 2014, the expiration date of the standby letter of credit agreement.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company may become subject to legal proceedings, claims, and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings, other than as described below.
The Company filed a complaint against Sonic Automotive and Sonic Divisional Operations (collectively “Sonic”) on August 9, 2013 in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. The litigation concerns Sonic’s commercial use of the “True Price” mark. The Company is seeking an injunction prohibiting Sonic from using the “True Price” mark, as well as monetary damages incurred by the Company due to Sonic’s unlawful infringement. As the case is currently in the discovery phase, the future outcome is not reasonably determinable as of the date of issuance of the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
On Monday, March 9, 2015, the Company was named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed in the United States District Court in the Southern District of New York . The complaint, purportedly filed on behalf of numerous automotive dealers who are not on the TrueCar platform, alleges that the Company has violated the Lanham Act as well as various state laws prohibiting unfair competition and deceptive acts or practices related to the Company’s advertising and promotional activities. The complaint seeks injunctive relief in addition to over $250 million in damages as a result of the alleged diversion of customers from the plaintiffs’ dealerships to TrueCar Certified Dealers. While the Company has not yet been formally served with the complaint and continues to evaluate the claims, it believes that the complaint is without merit and it intends to vigorously defend itself in this matter. Based on the preliminary nature of the proceedings in this case, the outcome of this legal proceeding, including the anticipated legal defense costs, remains uncertain; accordingly, the Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome, or reasonably estimate the probability of or the range of loss, if any, for this action. As a result, no amounts have been recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements related to this matter. If this matter is not resolved in the Company’s favor, losses arising from the results of litigation or settlements, as well as ongoing defense costs, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
F- 27
Employment Contracts
The Company has entered into employment contracts with certain executives of the Company. Employment under these contracts is at - will employment. However, under the provisions of the contracts, the Company would incur severance obligations of up to twelve months of the executive’s annual base salary for certain events, such as involuntary terminations. In addition, upon the consummation of the IPO, certain executives earned liquidity bonuses totaling $2.6 million, which were recorded in sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss during the year ended December 31, 2014.
Indemnifications
In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, lessors, investors, directors, officers, employees, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of the Company’s breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third - parties. These indemnifications may survive termination of the underlying agreement and the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions may not be subject to maximum loss provisions. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is indeterminable. To date, there has not been a material claim paid by the Company, nor has the Company been sued in connection with these indemnification arrangements. At December 31, 2014 and 2013 the Company has not accrued a liability for these guarantees, because the likelihood of incurring a payment obligation, if any, in connection with these guarantees is not probable or reasonably estimable.
Marketing Sponsorships
The Company has entered into marketing sponsorship agreements with professional sporting affiliations. At December 31, 2014, the sponsorship agreements require future commitments of $0.8 million payable in 2015.
Software Subscription License Agreement
In August 2014, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase a perpetual software subscription license totaling $4.9 million, which was fully paid in the third quarter of 2014. In addition to the software license agreement, the Company purchased a support services package for a three year term totaling $2.4 million payable quarterly. The remaining future commitments for the support services package at December 31, 2014 are included in the purchase obligations table below.
Purchase Obligations
At December 31, 2014, the Company had the following purchase obligations (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than |
||
|
|
Total |
|
1 Year |
|
1 - 3 Years |
|
3 - 5 Years |
|
5 Years |
|||||
Purchase obligations |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
Purchase obligations include long-term agreements to purchase data information, software related licenses and support services, and other obligations that are enforceable and legally binding as of December 31, 2014. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty.
F- 28
8. Stockholders’ Equity
Series A Preferred Stock
At December 31, 2012, the Company was authorized to issue 147.0 million shares of common stock. In November 2013, the Company increased the number of authorized shares of common stock to 150.0 million shares. Additionally, the Company authorized the issuance of 4.5 million shares of preferred stock, designated as Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A”).
In November 2013, the Company sold an aggregate of 2,857,143 shares of Series A and warrants to purchase 666,666 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $15.00 per share to Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC (“Vulcan”), in a private placement at a price of $10.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $30.0 million. The Series A contained certain liquidation preferences, which are considered contingent redemption provisions and as a result, the Series A is reflected in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013.
In May 2014, immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s IPO, all of the outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock automatically converted into 2,857,143 shares of common stock on a one -to-one basis.
Stock Repurchases
During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repurchased a total of 112,422 shares of common stock at a price of $8.90 per share for an aggregate amount of $1.0 million in cash. All shares were repurchased from the Company’s CEO in December 2013 in connection with his executed employment agreement. Pursuant to the employment agreement, the Company’s CEO was provided the right to sell $1.0 million shares of common stock that were vested for at least six months to the Company during December 2013 at the fair value per share at the time of sale upon certain performance conditions being met. The repurchased shares were retired and have been recorded as a reduction of common stock and additional paid - in capital.
During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company repurchased a total of 265,274 shares of common stock at an average price of $6.21 per share for an aggregate amount of $1.7 million in cash. Of the 265,274 shares of common stock repurchased, 110,278 shares were repurchased from the Company’s CEO in September 2012; 24,916 shares of common stock were repurchased from a former employee in accordance with a severance agreement in October 2012, and 130,080 shares of common stock were repurchased in connection with an executed employment agreement with its CEO. Pursuant to an employment agreement, the Company’s CEO was also provided the right to sell $1.0 million shares of common stock that were vested for at least six months to the Company during December 2012 at the fair value per share at the time of the sale. On December 28, 2012, the Company repurchased 130,080 shares at a price of $8.00 in connection with this agreement. All repurchased shares were retired and have been recorded as a reduction of common stock and additional paid - in capital.
F- 29
Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock and Common Stock
From 2005 to 2008, the Company issued warrants to purchase various classes of preferred stock totaling 412,222 shares. These warrants were immediately exercisable, in whole or in part at exercise prices of $1.53 and $1.80 per share. The expiration date of the warrants ranged from April 2012 to September 2014. In 2011, the Company’s issued and outstanding convertible preferred stock was converted into shares of common stock. Simultaneously, the holders of convertible preferred stock warrants automatically converted their warrants into warrants to purchase shares of common stock. Accordingly, the Company recorded an adjustment to reclassify the then fair value of $2.6 million of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid - in capital. During the year ended December 31, 2012, warrants to purchase 353,856 shares were exercised at an exercise price of $1.80 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2013, warrants to purchase 21,093 shares were exercised at an exercise price of $1.53 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2014, warrants to purchase 32,222 shares were exercised at an exercise price of $1.53 per share through a net settlement election, in which the Company issued 28,555 shares of its common stock. At December 31, 2014 there were no warrants outstanding. At December 31, 2013, warrants to purchase 32,222 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.53 per share were outstanding.
Warrants Issued to USAA
On March 12, 2009, June 25, 2010, January 1, 2012, and May 1, 2014 the Company entered into agreements with USAA, an affinity partner and significant stockholder of the Company, which provided for the issuance of warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock upon achievement of minimum performance milestones based on the level of vehicle sales. The warrants were issued to USAA in exchange for marketing services performed by USAA under the Company’s affinity group marketing program. The purpose of the marketing services performed by USAA is to create awareness of, acquire traffic for, and drive users to, the Company’s auto buying platforms. For that reason expense recognized related to warrants issued to USAA is recorded as sales and marketing expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.
On November 24, 2009, the minimum performance milestones related to the March 12, 2009 agreement were reached and a fully vested warrant was issued by the Company which allows for the purchase of up to 961,482 shares of common stock at $0.83 per share. These warrants were outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013.
On June 25, 2010, an additional warrant to purchase up to 1,653,333 shares of the Company’s common stock at $2.12 per share was issued to USAA. The warrant became exercisable based on the achievement of performance milestones based on the level of vehicle sales. During 2011, the performance milestones were fully achieved and the affinity partner received a warrant to purchase the full 1,653,333 shares of common stock. The warrant was fully vested at December 31, 2011. These warrants were outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013.
On January 1, 2012, the Company issued another warrant to USAA which allowed USAA to purchase up to 1,042,666 shares of the Company’s common stock at $7.95 per share if minimum performance milestones were reached. The warrant expired at the earlier of (i) eight (8) years from issuance, (ii) ninety (90) days after the expiration of the affinity - agreement with USAA, or (iii) immediately prior to the close of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock.
F- 30
In May 2014, the Company and USAA agreed to an extension of the affinity group marketing agreement. As part of the agreement, on May 1, 2014, the Company issued to USAA a warrant to purchase 1,458,979 shares of the Company’s common stock, which will be exercisable in two tranches. The first tranche of 392,313 shares has an exercise price of $7.95 per share and the second tranche of 1,066,666 shares has an exercise price of $15.00 per share. The warrant becomes exercisable based on the achievement of performance milestones based on the level of vehicle sales of USAA members through the Company’s auto buying platforms. The warrant terminates on the earlier of (i) the eighth anniversary of the date of issuance, (ii) the first anniversary of the termination of the USAA car - buying program, or (iii) the date on which the Company no longer operates the USAA car - buying program. In addition, the agreement provides for the Company to spend marketing program funds with the actual level of marketing spend to be mutually agreed upon by USAA and the Company, subject to limits based on the number of actual vehicle sales generated through the affinity group marketing program (Note 13).
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized expense of $5.7 million, $1.1 million and $0.3 million related to warrants to purchase 631,449 shares, 415,349 shares and 31,201 shares of common stock that have been earned and are vested, respectively. In 2014, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model: contractual life of 0.3 to 8.0 years, risk-free rate of 0.02% to 2.33% and volatility of 48.5% to 57.5% . In 2013, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model: expected life of 2.0 to 2.9 years, risk-free rate of 0.29% to 0.52% and volatility of 47.4% to 52.8% . In 2012, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions: expected life of 7.0 to 8.0 years, risk-free rate of 1.02% to 1.77% and volatility of 50.0% to 58.6% .
Warrants to purchase 3,265,168 shares of the Company’s common stock earned from agreements entered into prior to May 2014 were exercised in connection with the Company’s IPO in May 2014 for an aggregate purchase price of $9.5 million.
Warrants Issued to Third Party Marketing Firm
On February 25, 2011, the Company entered into a media and marketing services agreement with a direct marketing firm. Under the arrangement, the marketing firm will provide media purchasing, production, advertising, and marketing services in connection with the advertising and marketing of the Company’s services. In addition to cash consideration, the Company agreed to issue a warrant to the marketing firm to purchase up to 1,433,333 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $6.02 per share. All shares under the warrant agreement will become exercisable in accordance with the vesting schedule or termination by either party pursuant to the agreement in the event of a default, as defined. The warrant expires eight years from the issuance date and as of December 31, 2014, all warrants have been earned and issued to the marketing firm.
In 2014, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model: expected life of 4.8 to 5.1 years, risk free rate of 1.51% to 1.70% , and volatility of 46.6% to 48.1% . In 2013, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black - Scholes option-pricing model: contractual life of 5.2 to 6.5 years, risk free rate of 0.63% to 1.81% , and volatility of 51.5% to 59.5% . In 2012, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black - Scholes option-pricing model: contractual life of 5.8 to 7.1 years, risk free rate of 0.62% to 1.39% , and volatility of 58.6% to 59.5% .
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized expense of $2.3 million related to 343,665 warrants earned, $2.5 million related to 604,266 warrants earned, and $1.6 million related to 207,710 warrants earned, respectively. The expense has been reflected as sales and marketing expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.
F- 31
Warrants Issued in Connection with Business Acquisitions
On April 29, 2011, in connection with the acquisition of Honk LLC, the Company issued a warrant for the purchase of 5,724 shares of the Company’s common stock at $0.01 per share. These warrants were fully vested and outstanding at December 31, 2013. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, warrants expire on the earlier of April 29, 2021 or upon a qualified liquidity event. In May 2014, in connection with the IPO, these warrants were exercised.
On October 1, 2011, in connection with the acquisition of ALG, the Company issued warrants to purchase 4,231,416 shares of common stock at an exercise of $7.95 per share. The warrants were valued at the acquisition date using the Black - Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: contractual term of one year, expected volatility of 45% , and risk - free rate of 0.19% . Common stock warrants in the amount of 4,231,416 at an exercise price of $7.95 per share were net exercised at December 31, 2012 for the total shares issued of 23,816 .
Warrants Issued to Yahoo!
On April 12, 2012, the Company issued a warrant to Yahoo! in accordance with the Automotive Website Program Partnership agreement, to purchase up to 8,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, with shares vesting in 666,666 share increments on a quarterly basis over the period beginning January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2014. The exercise price of the warrants was $11.51 per share for warrant shares that vested during 2012, and would be at a price equal to the Company’s common stock per share fair value at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 for 2013 and 2014, respectively. On June 29, 2012, the Automotive Website Program Partnership Agreement was modified and the unvested warrants to purchase an aggregate of 7,333,333 shares of common stock were cancelled. At the date of amendment, 666,666 of the warrants had vested. In 2012, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black - Scholes option-pricing model: expected life of 0.2 to 2.9 years, risk free rate of 0.06% to 0.50% and volatility of 50.9% . For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recognized expense of $0.1 million related to the 666,666 warrants earned. These warrants expired unexercised during 2012.
Warrants Issued to Financial Institution
On June 13, 2012, in connection with the execution of the amended credit facility (Note 6), the Company entered into a warrant agreement with a financial institution to purchase 26,666 shares of the Company’s common stock, at an exercise price of $11.51 per share if the Company draws on the credit facility at any time after the issuance date. If at any time, the advances to the Company in aggregate principal amount are greater than $4.0 million, the number of shares increases to 66,666 . The warrants are immediately vested upon drawing on the line and expire on the earlier of June 13, 2022, or an acquisition of the Company consisting solely of cash and or marketable securities. The warrant is automatically net exercised on the expiration date, if the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock at expiration date is greater than the warrant exercise price. On June 13, 2013 the Company entered into a second amendment and restated loan and security agreement which reduced the exercise price of the warrants to $7.92 . On August 29, 2013, the Company drew down $5.0 million on the credit facility, triggering the issuance of warrants to purchase 66,666 shares of TrueCar’s common stock at an exercise of $7.92 per share. In 2013, the Company recorded the relative fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black - Scholes option-pricing model: life of 10 years, risk free rate of 2.78% and volatility of 64.8% . For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants to additional paid - in capital, offset by a debt discount, reducing the carrying value of the line of credit. The debt discount is amortized over the life of the loan as interest expense using the effective interest method.
In June 2014, warrants to purchase 66,666 shares of the Company’s common stock were exercised through a net settlement election. The Company issued 27,526 shares of its common stock to the financial institution.
F- 32
Warrants Issued to Vulcan
In November 2013, in the Vulcan private placement, the Company issued to Vulcan a warrant to purchase 666,666 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $15.00 per share. The warrant is immediately exercisable and expires in November 2015. The Company allocated the $30.0 million aggregate proceeds from the issuance of Series A and the warrant based on their relative fair values. Approximately $0.7 million and $29.2 million were allocated to the warrant and Series A, respectively, net of issuance costs. The warrant is classified in equity and the relative fair value of the warrant was recorded as additional paid - in capital at December 31, 2013. The fair value of the warrant was based on the following assumptions using the Black - Scholes option-pricing model: expected life of 2 years, risk free rate of 0.31% , and volatility of 49.4% . The warrant remains outstanding as of December 31, 2014.
Warrants Issued to Service Provider
In May 2014, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with an individual to provide marketing services to the Company. The Company agreed to issue a warrant to the individual to purchase up to 333,333 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $12.81 per share. All shares under the warrant agreement will become exercisable in accordance with the vesting schedule over a four year period. The warrant expires five years from the issuance date or, if earlier, twelve months following the termination of the consulting agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrant based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model: contractual life of 4.4 to 5.0 years, risk free rate of 1.48% to 1.55% , and volatility of 54.8% to 56.8% .
For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized expense of $1.7 million, which has been reflected as sales and marketing expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. At December 31, 2014, warrants earned under this agreement totaled 33,333 shares.
Other Equity Awards
In December 2012, pursuant to an amendment to the Company’s CEO’s employment agreement, the CEO was provided with the right to sell $1.0 million of common stock to the Company during December 2012 and December 2013, respectively, at the then fair value of the Company’s common stock. In the event of the repurchases of common stock by the Company, the CEO was also entitled to receive options to purchase the equivalent number of shares of common stock at the then fair value of common stock. The CEO exercised his right to have the Company repurchase 130,080 and 112,422 shares of common stock in December 2012 and 2013, respectively, and the Company subsequently issued the CEO options to purchase the equivalent number of shares of common stock at the fair value of common stock on the respective grant dates. The options associated with the December 2013 repurchase were contingently issuable based upon the achievement of certain performance conditions related to specified cash balances or adjusted earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization during the allotted time period and continued service of the CEO. As the performance conditions were probable and the performance conditions were achieved during the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized $0.2 million of compensation expense related to these awards. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized $0.5 million of compensation expense related to these awards. At December 31, 2014, the Company expects to record additional estimated stock - based compensation expense of $0.5 million over a weighted - average period of 2.5 years related to both of the option awards.
F- 33
Reserve for Unissued Shares of Common Stock
The Company is required to reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock such number of shares sufficient for the exercise of all outstanding warrants, plus shares granted and available for grant under the Company’s stock option plan.
The amount of such shares of the Company’s common stock reserved for these purposes at December 31, 2014 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares |
|
Outstanding stock options |
|
|
|
Outstanding restricted stock units |
|
|
|
Outstanding common stock warrants |
|
|
|
Additional shares available for grant under equity plan |
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
Exchange of shares for services
In March 2012, the Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement with a third party vendor that provided legal services to the Company. The common stock purchase agreement allowed the Company to enter into a Conversion Option Agreement (“Conversion Option”), which allowed the Company to pay 20% of its bill rendered for legal service in shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $11.51 for $0.9 million of the lesser of (i) $11.51 per share, or (ii) the value, as of the 15 th of each month during the term of the engagement, implied by the most recent equity financing consummated during the term of the engagement. On various dates throughout 2012, the Company exercised its Conversion Option and exchanged 73,883 shares of common stock of the Company at a price of $11.51 for $0.9 million of legal services rendered for the period ended December 31, 2012. The fair value of the shares exchanged during the year ended December 31, 2012 ranged from $7.92 to $9.75 resulting in a gain of $0.2 million on the transaction related to the issuance of these shares.
Shares issued for legal settlement
In November 2013, the Company entered into a fully executed settlement agreement with one of its marketing sponsorship partners. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the Company paid $0.3 million in cash and issued 36,666 shares of common stock to the marketing sponsorship partner in November 2013 and recorded a total expense of $0.6 million.
F- 34
9. Stock - based Awards
The Company has three equity incentive plans: the Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan (the “2005 Plan”), the 2008 Stock Plan (the “2008 Plan”) and the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Under the 2005 Plan, 604,093 shares of common stock were reserved for the issuance of incentive or nonqualified stock options and stock purchase rights as of December 31, 2013. Under the 2008 Plan, there were no shares available for future issuance as of December 31, 2013. In connection with the Company’s IPO in May 2014, the 2005 Plan and the 2008 Plan were terminated. Upon the registration date in May 2014, the shares reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan include (i) shares that have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the 2005 Plan, plus (ii) shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2005 Plan or the 2008 Plan that, after the registration date, expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Plan or the 2008 Plan are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company. In addition, the shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan include an annual increase on January 1 of each year equal to the least of: (i) 10,000,000 shares; (ii) 5% of the total outstanding shares of TrueCar common stock as of the last day of the previous fiscal year; or, (iii) such other amount as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2014, the total number of shares available under the 2014 Plan is 1,123,732 shares.
Under the 2014 Plan, the Company has the ability to issue incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares. Stock options granted under the 2014 Plan must at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted generally vest monthly over a four year period and expire ten years from the date of grant. Restricted stock units generally vest quarterly over a four to five year period.
Stock Options
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
Average |
|
Aggregate |
|
||
|
|
Number of |
|
Exercise |
|
Remaining |
|
Intrinsic |
|
||
|
|
Options |
|
Price |
|
Contract Life |
|
Value (1) |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in years) |
|
(in millions) |
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2013 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canceled/forfeited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying stock option awards and the closing price of the Company's common stock of $22.90 on December 31, 2014. |
At December 31, 2014 total remaining stock - based compensation expense for unvested option awards, including performance-based stock option awards, was $62.5 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted - average period of 2.79 years.
F- 35
The weighted - average grant - date fair value per share of options granted for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $6.32, $4.79, and $4.83, respectively. The Company recorded stock - based compensation expense for stock option awards of $27.2 million, $8.9 million, and $9.4 million, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.
The total intrinsic value of options exercised in 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $57.1 million, $0.6 million, and $2.9 million, respectively.
There were no excess tax benefits realized for the tax deductions from stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
From time to time, the Company grants stock options that contain performance conditions. During 2012, the Company granted certain executives stock options to purchase 166,665 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $11.51 per share. These awards contain performance conditions based on achieving certain revenue and earnings targets. During 2013, the Company granted stock options to purchase 1,765,875 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price was $8.85. Of the awards granted in 2013, 82,327 stock options granted vest upon achieving certain revenue and earnings targets and 1,683,548 shares which include a two - step performance and service vesting condition. The first step was based on achieving certain revenue and earnings targets, which were met at December 31, 2013. Stock options awarded vest over the 48 month requisite service period beginning on January 1, 2014. During 2014, the Company granted 2,776,114 stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $12.81, which include a two step performance and service vesting condition. The first step is based upon achieving certain revenue and earnings targets. Stock options eligible for time-based vesting are calculated based on the Company's performance against these metrics and vest over 48 months beginning February 1, 2015. Based on the achievement levels of the performance criteria, as of December 31, 2014, there are 2,241,796 outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $12.81 that are eligible for vesting over the requisite service period. Shares granted in excess of the achievement level will be forfeited and return to the 2014 Plan in the first quarter of 2015.
The grant date fair values of these awards for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 were $20.1 million, $8.8 million, and $0.8 million, respectively, as determined using a Black - Scholes option-pricing model. The Company recognizes compensation cost for stock options with performance conditions using a graded vesting model, based on the probability of the performance condition being met, net of estimated pre - vesting forfeitures.
In March 2012, the board of directors authorized the modification of stock options which accelerated vesting of stock options to purchase 726,469 shares of common stock and extended the exercise period for all vested shares, including stock options to purchase 631,333 shares of common stock previously granted to a former executive. As a result of the modification, additional stock compensation expense of $4.5 million was recognized in 2012.
F- 36
Restricted Stock Awards
Activity in connection with restricted stock awards is as follows for the year ended December 31, 2014:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Grant Date |
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Non-vested — December 31, 2013 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Granted |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Vested |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canceled/forfeited |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Non-vested — December 31, 2014 |
|
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
The total fair value of shares of restricted stock awards vested for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $0.8 million, $0.7 million and $3.7 million, respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded $0.2 million, $0.4 million, and $0.9 million, respectively, in compensation expense in connection with the vesting of shares of restricted stock awards. As of December 31, 2014, all restricted stock awards were fully vested.
Restricted Stock Units
Activity in connection with restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is as follows for the year ended December 31, 2014:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Grant Date |
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Non-vested — December 31, 2013 |
|
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canceled/forfeited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested — December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
The total fair value of vested restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $0.3 million.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded $2.0 million in compensation expense. At December 31, 2014, total remaining stock - based compensation expense for non - vested RSUs is $6.8 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted - average period of 3.00 years.
During 2014, the Company granted 720,146 RSUs with a weighted average grant date fair value of $10.04, which include a two-step performance and service vesting condition. The first step is based upon achieving certain revenue and earnings targets. RSUs eligible for time-based vesting are calculated based on the Company’s performance against these metrics and vest over 16 quarters beginning January 1, 2015. Based on the achievement levels of the performance criteria, as of December 31, 2014, there are 583,537 non-vested RSUs with a weighted average grant date fair value of $10.07 that are eligible to vest over the requisite service period. Shares granted in excess of the achievement level will be forfeited and return to the 2014 Plan in the first quarter of 2015.
F- 37
Valuation Assumptions and Stock - based Compensation Cost
The fair value of stock options granted to employees is estimated on the grant date using the Black - Scholes option-pricing model. This valuation model requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation, including the expected term, the volatility of the Company’s common stock, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. The Company uses the simplified method under the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment, to calculate expected term for plain vanilla share options. For performance-based option awards and out of the money option grants, the Company determines the expected term based upon historical exercise and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercise behavior. The Company’s computation of volatility is based on an average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of several entities with characteristics similar to those of the Company. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option. The Company uses an expected dividend of zero, as it does not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.
The fair value of each stock option award was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
Expected term (years) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
Dividend yield |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
As stock-based compensation expense recognized is based on award ultimately expected to vest, the amount has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on the Company’s historical experience and future expectations.
The Company recorded stock - based compensation cost relating to stock options, restricted stock awards, and RSUs in the following categories on the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
Cost of revenue |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology and development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount capitalized to internal software use |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation cost |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
F- 38
10. Income Taxes
The components of the Company’s income tax provision (benefit) are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
State |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current provision |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred provision (benefit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax provision (benefit) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
As described below, the Company has established a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets as the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company’s 2014 and 2013 income tax provisions of $0.6 million reflected the amortization of tax deductible goodwill that is not an available source of income to realize deferred tax assets. The Company’s income tax benefit in 2012 of $0.6 million reflected a tax benefit of $1.1 million associated with a beneficial conversion feature on its convertible notes payable issued in May 2012 (Note 5), which was partially offset by tax expense related to the amortization of tax deductible goodwill that is not an available source of income to realize deferred tax assets.
The overall effective income tax rate differs from the statutory federal rate of 34% as follows:
F- 39
The components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
||
Deferred income tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development tax credits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, equipment and software |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets and goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net deferred tax liabilities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
The net deferred tax liability at December 31, 2014 and 2013 relates to amortization of tax deductible goodwill that is not an available source of income to realize deferred tax assets. Accordingly, the net deferred tax liability does not reduce the need for a valuation allowance related to the Company’s net deferred tax assets.
At December 31, 2014, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $167.7 million and $125.9 million, respectively. The Company’s federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in the years ending December 31, 2025 and 2019, respectively. At December 31, 2014, the Company had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The federal tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in the year ending December 31, 2028. The state tax credit carryforward can be carried forward indefinitely.
The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and other tax attributes in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use pre - change net operating loss and research tax credits may be limited as prescribed under IRC Sections 382 and 383. Events which may cause limitation in the amount of the net operating losses and credits that the Company utilizes in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three - year period. As a result of historical equity issuances, the Company has determined that annual limitations on the utilization of its net operating losses and credits do exist pursuant to IRC Sections 382 and 383, however, such limitations are not expected to impact the Company’s ability to utilize these deferred tax assets prior to their statutory expiration dates.
Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred over the three - year period ended December 31, 2014. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence such as its projections for future growth. On the basis of this evaluation, at December 31, 2014, a valuation allowance of $64.4 million has been recorded since it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
F- 40
The change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
Valuation allowance, at beginning of year |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Increase in valuation allowance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance, at end of year |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
As a result of certain realization requirements of ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation , the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown above does not include certain deferred tax assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013 that arose directly from (or the use of which was postponed by) tax deductions related to stock - based compensation that are greater than the compensation recognized for financial reporting purposes. The gross and tax-effected amount of unrealized net operating loss carryforwards resulting from stock-based compensation was $30.1 million and $11.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014. Additional paid - in capital will be increased by $11.1 million if and when such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. The Company uses the with - and - without approach when determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.
The following is a reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
Unrecognized tax benefit, beginning of year |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Additions based on current year tax positions |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Additions for prior years' tax positions |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Reductions for prior years' tax positions |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefit, end of year |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward or Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. ASU 2013-11 provides that an entity’s unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of its unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in its financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, with one exception. That exception states that, to the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position, or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. In accordance with this accounting guidance, t he Company’s unrecognized tax benefits are recorded as an adjustment to the deferred tax assets to the extent deferred tax assets may be utilized to settle uncertain tax positions. Since there is a full valuation allowance recorded against the deferred tax assets, any subsequent reductions of the valuation allowance and recognition of the associated tax benefit would impact the effective tax rate.
The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, in the income tax provision. At December 31, 2014, the Company had less than $0.1 million accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. The Company does not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.
F- 41
The Company is subject to United States federal and state taxation. Due to the presence of net operating loss carryforwards, all income tax years remain open for examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and various state taxing authorities. The Company is currently under federal examination for the 2011 and 2012 tax years and under state tax examination for the 2010 through 2012 years. The Company does not anticipate that these pending tax examinations will result in material tax assessments and it believes its income tax accruals as of December 31, 2014 are reasonable.
11. Net Loss Per Share
The Company applies the two - class method for calculating basic earnings per share. Under the two - class method, net income (loss) is reduced by cumulative preferred stock dividends and the residual amount is allocated between common stock and other participating securities based on their participation rights. Participating securities comprised of restricted common stock, which participate in dividends, if declared, by the Company. As the Company has reported a net loss for all periods, and the participating securities were not contractually obligated to share in the losses of the Company, accordingly, no losses were allocated to the participating securities.
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, net of the weighted average unvested restricted stock subject to repurchase by the Company, if any, during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted for the effects of potentially dilutive common stock, which are comprised of stock options, restricted stock units and stock warrants, using the treasury - stock method, and convertible preferred stock, using the if - converted method. Because the Company reported losses attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented, all potentially dilutive common stock are antidilutive for those periods.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders during the years ended December 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands, except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|||
Net loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Weighted-average common shares outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per share — basic and diluted |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The following table presents the number of anti - dilutive shares excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
Options to purchase common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock warrants |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of convertible preferred stock |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Unvested restricted stock awards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingently redeemable shares |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
Convertible promissory notes |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
Total shares excluded from net loss per share attributable to common stockholders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F- 42
12. Employee Benefit Plan
The Company has a 401(k) Savings Retirement Plan that covers substantially all full - time employees who meet the plan’s eligibility requirements and provides for an employee elective contribution. The Company made matching contributions to the plan of $1.2 million, $0.9 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.
13. Related Party Transactions
Transactions with Stockholders
In October 2011, as part of the acquisition of ALG, the Company entered into various data licensing and transition services agreements with Dealertrack, a former significant stockholder of the Company. In the first quarter of 2014, Dealertrack divested its holdings in the Company and was no longer a related party. Costs under these agreements included in cost of revenue were $0.4 million, $2.0 million, and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Costs under these agreements included in sales and marketing expense were $0.3 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There were no costs recorded in sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2014. Additionally, the Company had amounts due to the stockholder at December 31, 2013 of $0.3 million.
Notes Receivable from Related Parties
From 2007 to 2011, the Company issued notes to executives of the Company totaling $4.1 million of which $2.9 million were exchanged for cash and $1.2 million were in consideration for the purchase of common stock. The notes bear interest at rates between 1.2% and 6.0%. Principal and interest payments are due at maturity. The loans have maturity dates ranging from 2011 to 2016, and were repaid in full by February 2014, except for $0.3 million which was repaid in full in December 2014.
In September 2010, the Company issued a note to a former employee of the Company for $0.2 million in connection with the exercise of options to purchase common stock. The note bore interest at 0.5% and there were no principal and interest payments due until maturity in August 2013, and was paid in full.
In October 2012, an executive resigned from the Company and became a consultant. At his separation date, the former executive had two notes outstanding with original principal balances of $0.1 million and $0.1 million, due November 2013 and August 2014, respectively. As part of this separation, the notes were amended such that the principal and accrued interest were due and payable upon the earlier of November 2013 or 45 days following the termination as a service provider to the Company. At December 31, 2012, the aggregate principal and interest outstanding was $0.2 million. The principal and interest on the notes were paid in full on December 27, 2013.
In May 2014, the Company advanced $0.1 million to an employee in exchange for a promissory note. The note was repaid in full in December 2014.
Loans issued for the purchase of the Company’s capital stock have been classified in stockholders’ equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Loans issued for cash have been classified as notes receivable from related parties on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
F- 43
Service Provider
Beginning in October 2013, an executive officer of the Company is an officer of a firm that provides marketing services to the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded sales and marketing expense of $4.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2014, the Company recorded $0.9 million in prepaid expenses related to this marketing firm. There was no prepaid expense relating to this marketing firm at December 31, 2013. Additionally, the Company has amounts due to this marketing firm at December 31, 2014 and 2013 of $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively.
Advances to an Officer
The Company pays business and personal expenses, which may be charged to a corporate card or paid directly to third parties, of the Company’s CEO and the CEO reimburses the Company for personal expenses paid by the Company. During 2013 and 2012, the Company paid personal expenses of $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013, amounts receivable from this executive were $0.4 million and were included in other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The advances made to the CEO were paid in full in February 2014.
Stock Repurchase Arrangement with Officer
The Company executed an employment agreement with a stock repurchase provision with its CEO. In December 2013 and 2012, the Company repurchased 112,422 shares of common stock at a price of $8.90 per share and 130,080 shares of common stock at a price of $8.00 respectively, which were the fair value of the shares on the respective dates of repurchase (Note 9).
Transactions with USAA
A former member of the Company’s board of directors is the current Head of Corporate Development at USAA, the largest stockholder and most significant affinity marketing partner of the Company. The Company has entered into arrangements with USAA to operate its Auto Buying Program. The Company has amounts due from USAA at December 31, 2014 and 2013 of $1.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively. In addition, the Company has amounts due to USAA at December 31, 2014 and 2013 of $4.7 million and $3.7 million, respectively. The Company recorded sales and marketing expense of $15.2 million, $8.8 million, and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to service arrangements entered into with USAA, including non - cash expense associated with warrants to purchase shares of common stock (Note 9).
Transactions with AutoNation
The President and Chief Operating Officer of AutoNation, Inc., (“AutoNation”) served as a member of the Company’s board of directors from July 2011 to May 2012. During the period from January 2012 to May 2012, auto buying program revenues from AutoNation and its dealership affiliates were $1.4 million.
F- 44
14. Revenue Information
The CODM reviews financial information on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about transaction revenue and data and other revenue. The following table presents our revenue categories during the periods presented (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2012 |
|
|||
Transaction revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Data and other revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
15. Subsequent Events
In February 2015, the Company amended its credit facility. Refer to Note 6 herein for further details of the amended credit facility.
In February 2015, the Company amended an office lease for approximately 17,000 square feet in Santa Monica, California, to extend the lease term from June 2016 to December 2025. Additionally, beginning in 2016, the Company will lease approximately 21,000 additional square feet in the building through December 2025. The Company has the option to extend portions of the space, or the entire space, for an additional five year period. The cumulative base rent over the lease term is expected to be approximately $26.0 million.
In March 2015, warrants to purchase 1,433,333 shares of the Company’s common stock were exercised through a net settlement election by a third party marketing firm. The Company issued 959,676 shares of its common stock to the third party marketing firm.
In March 2015, the Company was named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed in the United States District Court in the Southern District of New York. Refer to Note 7 under “Legal Proceedings” herein for further details of the lawsuit.
F- 45
SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
This Second Amendment to Office Lease (the “ Second Amendment ” ), dated February 11, 2015, is made by and between DOUGLAS EMMETT 1995, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “ Landlord ” ), with offices at 808 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 200, Santa Monica, California 90401, and TRUECAR , I NC., a Delaware corporation ( “ Tenant ” ), with an office at 120 Broadway, Suite 200, Santa Monica, California 90401.
WHEREAS,
A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated October 15, 2010 (the “ Original Lease ” ), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Office Lease dated October 3, 2011 (the “ First Amendment ” ), covering space in the property located at 120 Broadway, Santa Monica, California 90401 (the “ Building ” ), commonly known as Suite 200 (which contains 17,412 rentable square feet [15,000 usable square feet] and shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Existing Premises ” );
B. The Term expires May 31, 2016, which Term Landlord and Tenant wish to hereby extend;
C. Tenant wishes to expand its occupancy within the Building to include: (i) that portion of the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building commonly known as Suite 220/260 together with the lobby, corridor areas and restrooms on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building (which contain 7,451 rentable square feet [7,125 usable square feet] and shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Second Floor Expansion Space ” ); and (ii) the entire fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building (which contains 13,423 rentable square feet [11,620 usable square feet] commonly known as Suite 500 (the “ Fifth Floor Expansion Space ” ). The Second Floor Expansion Space and the Fifth Floor Expansion Space contain, in the aggregate, 20,874 rentable square feet (18,745 usable square feet) and shall sometimes hereinafter be together referred to as the “ Expansion Space ” ). As more fully set forth in Section 4 of this Second Amendment, the Second Floor Expansion Space includes Tenant ’ s exclusive use of the patio located on the second (2 nd ) floor, and the Fifth Floor Expansion Space includes Tenant ’ s exclusive use of the balconies on the fifth (5 th ) floor, all as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof. Landlord has conditionally agreed to the expansion of the Premises to include the Expansion Space contingent upon Tenant ’ s acceptance of and compliance with the provisions of this Second Amendment; and
D. Landlord and Tenant, for their mutual benefit, now wish to extend the Term and revise certain other covenants and provisions of the Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the covenants and provisions contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge, Landlord and Tenant agree:
1. Confirmation of Defined Terms. Unless expressly modified herein, all terms previously defined and capitalized in the Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, shall have the same meanings given to them in the Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment for the purposes of this Second Amendment. The Original Lease, as modified by the First Amendment and this Second Amendment, shall hereinafter be collectively referred to as the “ Lease . ”
2. Extension of Existing Premises Term. The Term of the Lease for the Existing Premises is hereby extended for a period of nine (9) years and seven (7) months (the “ Extended Term ” ), from and including June 1, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ” ) through and including December 31, 2025 (the “ Termination Date ” ).
3. Expansion Date, Delivery Date and Expansion Term. The term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Space shall commence on the applicable Expansion Date (as hereinafter defined) and continue through the Termination Date (the “ Expansion Term ” ). The “ Second Floor Expansion Date ”
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
shall be the earlier of: (i) the date Tenant commences doing business from any portion of the Second Floor Expansion Space; or (ii) the date that is five (5) months after the date that Landlord delivers the Second Floor Expansion Space to Tenant for construction of the applicable Improvements (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof) thereto (the “ Second Floor Delivery Date ” ). The “ Fifth Floor Expansion Date ” shall be the earlier of: (i) the date Tenant commences doing business from any portion of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space; or (ii) the date that is five (5) months after the date that Landlord delivers the Fifth Floor Expansion Space to Tenant for construction of the applicable Improvements thereto (the “ Fifth Floor Delivery Date ” ). For purposes of this Second Amendment: (a) the Second Floor Expansion Date and the Fifth Floor Expansion Date are sometimes together referred to as the “ Expansion Date ” ; and (b) the Second Floor Delivery Date and the Fifth Floor Delivery Date are sometimes together referred to as the “ Delivery Date ” . Landlord shall deliver possession of the Second Floor Expansion Space and the Fifth Floor Expansion Space, respectively, to Tenant on the first business day following the date Landlord obtains legal possession of each such portion of the Expansion Space from the current tenant thereof so that Tenant may commence construction of the Improvements. The anticipated Delivery Date for the entire Expansion Space is January 1, 2016; however, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Second Floor Delivery Date and the Fifth Floor Delivery Date may not occur on the same date. Likewise, the anticipated Expansion Date for the entire Expansion Space is June 1, 2016; however, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Second Floor Expansion Date and the Fifth Floor Expansion Date may not occur on the same date. Tenant ’ s occupancy of the Expansion Space from and after the Delivery Date and prior to the Expansion Date shall be upon all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, except that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay the Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent attributable to the Second Floor Expansion Space until the Second Floor Expansion Date, and Tenant shall not be obligated to pay the Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent attributable to the Fifth Floor Expansion Space until the Fifth Floor Expansion Date. Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute an amendment to the Lease (the “ Memorandum ” ) confirming the finalized Expansion Date and Expansion Term as soon as they are determined for the entire Expansion Space. Tenant shall execute the Memorandum and return it to Landlord within five (5) business days after receipt thereof. Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver the Memorandum shall constitute an acknowledgement by Tenant that the statements included in such Memorandum are true and correct, without exception.
4. Expansion of Premises. As of the later of the Expansion Dates to occur: (i) the Usable Area of the Premises shall increase from 15,000 usable square feet to 33,745 usable square feet and the Rentable Area of the Premises shall increase from 17,412 rentable square feet to 38,286 rentable square feet; and (ii) the definition of the Premises shall be revised to include both the Existing Premises and the Expansion Space, and wherever in the Lease the word “ Premises ” is found, it shall thereafter refer to both the Existing Premises and the Expansion Space together, as if both had been originally included in the Lease. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Second Floor Expansion Space includes the patio space on the 2 nd floor, and that the Fifth Floor Expansion Space includes the balcony spaces on the 5 th floor, and Tenant shall have full and exclusive access to and use of said patio and balconies; however, the square footage of said patio and balconies shall not be included in the Usable Area or the Rentable Area of the Expansion Space or the Premises.
Landlord engaged an independent third party space plan audit firm to measure the Usable Area of the Expansion Space using the 2010 ANSI/BOMA Standard published collectively by the American National Standards Institute and the Building Owners ’ and Managers ’ Association ( “ ANSI/BOMA Standard ” ) as a guideline. Based upon such measurement Landlord has been advised that the accurate Usable Area of the Second Floor Expansion Space is approximately 7,125 square feet and the accurate Usable Area of Suite 500 is approximately 11,620 usable square feet. The Rentable Area of the Second Floor Expansion Space is hereby agreed to be approximately 7,451 square feet and the Rentable Area of Suite 500 is hereby agreed to be approximately 13,423 square feet.
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
5. Monthly Rent.
a. Existing Premises. The Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant for the Existing Premises shall be as follows:
|
|
|
|
Period |
|
Fixed Monthly Rent |
|
June 1, 2016 through May 31, 2017 |
|
$ |
|
June 1, 2017 through May 31, 2018 |
|
$ |
|
June 1, 2018 through May 31, 2019 |
|
$ |
|
June 1, 2019 through May 31, 2020 |
|
$ |
|
June 1, 2020 through May 31, 2021 |
|
$ |
|
June 1, 2021 through May 31, 2022 |
|
$ |
|
June 1, 2022 through May 31, 2023 |
|
$ |
|
June 1, 2023 through May 31, 2024 |
|
$ |
|
June 1, 2024 through May 31, 2025 |
|
$ |
|
June 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025 |
|
$ |
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to defer payment to Landlord of one hundred percent (100%) of the Fixed Monthly Rent due for the Existing Premises for the months of June 2016, June 2017 and June 2018 (collectively, the amount of Fixed Monthly Rent deferred with respect to the Existing Premises shall be referred to herein as the “ Existing Premises Rent Deferral Amount ” ). So long as Tenant has not committed a material, uncured default beyond any applicable cure period ( “ Material Default ” ) during the Extended Term, Landlord shall fully and forever abate and forgive the entire Existing Premises Rent Deferral Amount as of the Termination Date; provided, however, that if, during the Extended Term, Tenant does commit a Material Default, then (a) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) business days after Landlord ’ s written demand, the entire Existing Premises Rent Deferral Amount due for the months of the Extended Term prior to the month in which such Material Default occurred, including late charges, as if the rent deferral had not occurred, and (b) Tenant shall not be entitled to any additional or future deferral of Fixed Monthly Rent with respect to the Existing Premises; provided that, if Tenant cures such Material Default, Tenant ’ s right to defer certain installments of the Fixed Monthly Rent for the Existing Premises under this section shall be fully reinstated as to all months to which such deferral applies, Landlord shall promptly reimburse to Tenant any Existing Premises Rent Deferral Amount that Tenant paid to Landlord prior to Tenant ’ s cure of its Material Default, and Tenant shall be entitled to defer payment of the Fixed Monthly Rent for the Existing Premises for all months to which such deferral right applies hereunder.
All payments of Fixed Monthly Rent for the Existing Premises shall be made in immediately available funds.
b. Expansion Space. The Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant for the Expansion Space shall be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period |
|
2 ND Floor |
|
5 th Floor |
|
Fixed Monthly Rent |
|
|||
From the Expansion Date through May 31, 2017 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
June 1, 2017 through May 31, 2018 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
June 1, 2018 through May 31, 2019 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
June 1, 2019 through May 31, 2020 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
June 1, 2020 through May 31, 2021 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
June 1, 2021 through May 31, 2022 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|||||||||
June 1, 2022 through May 31, 2023 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|||||||||
June 1, 2023 through May 31, 2024 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|||||||||
June 1, 2024 through May 31, 2025 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|||||||||
June 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to defer payment to Landlord of one hundred percent (100%) of the Fixed Monthly Rent due for the Expansion Space for the months of July 2016, June 2017 and June 2018 (collectively, the amount of Fixed Monthly Rent deferred with respect to the Expansion Space shall be referred to herein as the “ Expansion Space Rent Deferral Amount ” ). So long as Tenant has not committed a Material Default during the Expansion Term, Landlord shall fully and forever abate and forgive the entire Expansion Space Rent Deferral Amount as of the Termination Date; provided, however, that if, during the Extended Term, Tenant does commit a Material Default, then (a) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) business days after Tenant ’ s receipt of Landlord ’ s written demand, the entire Expansion Space Rent Deferral Amount due for the months of the Expansion Term prior to the month in which such Material Default occurred, including late charges, as if the rent deferral had not occurred, and (b) Tenant shall not be entitled to any additional or future deferral of Fixed Monthly Rent with respect to the Expansion Space; provided that, if Tenant cures such Material Default, Tenant ’ s right to defer certain installments of the Fixed Monthly Rent for the Expansion Space under this section shall be fully reinstated as to all months to which such deferral applies, Landlord shall promptly reimburse to Tenant any Expansion Space Rent Deferral Amount that Tenant paid to Landlord prior to Tenant ’ s cure of its Material Default, and Tenant shall be entitled to defer payment of the Fixed Monthly Rent for the Expansion Space for all months to which such deferral right applies hereunder.
All payments of Fixed Monthly Rent for the Expansion Space shall be made in immediately available funds.
6. Security Deposit. Landlord acknowledges that it currently holds the sum of $77,713.33 as a Security Deposit under the Lease, which amount Landlord shall continue to hold throughout the Extended Term, unless otherwise applied pursuant to the provisions of the Lease. Concurrent with Tenant ’ s execution and tendering to Landlord of this Second Amendment, Tenant shall tender the sum of $192,280.02, which amount Landlord shall add to the Security Deposit already held by Landlord, so that thereafter, throughout the Expansion Term, provided the same is not otherwise applied, Landlord shall hold a total of $269,993.35 as a Security Deposit on behalf of Tenant.
Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other laws, statutes, ordinances or other governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated, which (i) establish the time frame by which Landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (ii) provide that Landlord may claim from the Security Deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in Article 18 of the Original Lease, and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by Tenant ’ s breach of the Lease or the acts or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party. As used in the Lease a “ Tenant Party ” shall mean Tenant, any employee of Tenant, or any agent, authorized representative, design consultant or construction manager engaged by or under the control of Tenant.
7. Base Year. Commencing on the Expansion Date, the Base Year, solely as it relates to the Expansion Space, shall be calendar year 2016. Commencing on the Effective Date, the Base Year, solely as it relates to the Existing Premises, shall be calendar year 2016. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Lease, prior to June 1, 2017: (a) Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any portion of Tenant ’ s Share of increases in Operating Expenses with respect to the Expansion Space; and (b) Tenant
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
shall not be obligated to pay any portion of Tenant ’ s Share of increases in Operating Expenses with respect to the Existing Premises.
8. Tenant ’ s Share. Commencing on the Second Floor Expansion Date, Tenant ’ s Share, solely as it relates to the Second Floor Expansion Space, shall be 8.12%, which is determined by dividing the usable square footage of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space (7,125) by the usable square footage of the Building (87,765) and multiplying the quotient by 100. Commencing on the Fifth Floor Expansion Date, Tenant ’ s Share, solely as it relates to the Fifth Floor Expansion Space, shall be 13.24%, which is determined by dividing the usable square footage of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space (11,620) by the usable square footage of the Building (87,765) and multiplying the quotient by 100. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant ’ s Share, solely as it relates to the Existing Premises, is 17.09%. Commencing on June 1, 2017, so long as the Delivery Date has occurred as to the entire Expansion Space, Tenant ’ s Share as to the entire Premises shall be 38.45%, which is determined by dividing the usable square footage of the entire Premises (33,745) by the usable square footage of the Building (87,765) and multiplying the quotient by 100.
9. Parking. Commencing on the first Expansion Date to occur, Tenant shall have the right and obligation to purchase an additional thirty-four (34) unreserved parking permits and an additional eight (8) reserved parking permits on a “ must-take ” basis (four (4) of which reserved parking permits shall be for parking spaces located on level P-1 of the parking facilities which are currently designated as Bryan Cave visitor parking spaces), whereupon Tenant will have the right and obligation to purchase a total of seventy-six (76) unreserved parking permits and eighteen (18) reserved parking permits. The rates chargeable to Tenant for Building parking permits shall be at the posted monthly parking rates and charges then in effect, plus any and all applicable taxes, provided that such rates may be changed from time to time, in Landlord ’ s sole discretion. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Lease, during the Extended Term and the Expansion Term, Tenant shall have the right to purchase visitor parking validation booklets in increments of not less than $2,000.00 at a twenty percent (20%) discount.
10. Option to Extend Term. Tenant shall have the right to extend the Extended Term and the Expansion Term with respect to either (i) the entire Premises, (ii) the entire second (2 nd ) floor, or (iii) the entire fifth (5 th ) floor, for an additional period of five (5) years through and including December 31, 2030 (the “ Second Extended Term ” ) in accordance with the provisions of Article 23 of the Original Lease, except that each reference to the “ Term ” shall mean and refer to the Extended Term, and each reference therein to the “ Extended Term ” shall mean and refer to the Second Extended Term.
11. Right of First Offer.
11.1. First Offer Space. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a one-time right of first offer with respect to one (1) entire floor of the Building if the same becomes vacant and available following the Effective Date (the “ First Offer Space ” ). The term of the Lease with respect to the First Offer Space shall (x) commence only following the expiration or earlier termination of the existing lease (including renewals) of the First Offer Space and after the First Offer Space is actually vacated and becomes available for lease following the Effective Date, and (y) expire on the Termination Date, as the same may be extended pursuant to Section 10 of this Second Amendment. The right of first offer granted to Tenant herein shall be subordinate to the existing rights held by Bryan Cave (the “ Superior Right Holder ” ) with respect to the First Offer Space on the date of this Second Amendment. Tenant ’ s right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 11.
11.2. Procedure for Offer. Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “ First Offer Notice ” ) when Landlord reasonably anticipates that the First Offer Space will become available for lease to third parties. The First Offer Notice shall specify the terms and conditions upon which Landlord is willing to lease the First Offer Space to Tenant, provided that the Superior Right Holder does not wish to lease the First Offer Space.
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
11.3. Procedure for Acceptance. If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant ’ s right of first offer with respect to the First Offer Space, then within ten (10) business days of delivery of the First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice to Landlord of Tenant ’ s intention to exercise its right of first offer with respect to the First Offer Space (the “ Acceptance Notice ” ). If Tenant does not elect to exercise its right to lease the First Offer Space within such ten (10) day period (the “ Exercise Period ” ), then Landlord may lease the First Offer Space to any third party it chooses without liability to Tenant on terms that are not Substantially More Favorable Terms (as defined below); provided, however, if Landlord does not execute a binding lease document (on terms that are not Substantially More Favorable Terms) within one hundred eighty (180) days from expiration of the Exercise Period, then Landlord must deliver a new First Offer Notice to Tenant prior to entering into a lease agreement with respect to any of the space described in the First Offer Notice, and the procedures set forth in this Section 11.3 shall apply to such new First Offer Notice. “ Substantially More Favorable Terms ” shall mean the average “ net effective rent ” (defined below) offered to the potential tenant is less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the average net effective rent set forth in the First Offer Notice. The term “ net effective rent ” shall mean the net rental amount to be paid to Landlord, taking into account any tenant improvement expenses and allowances to be incurred by Landlord and any free rent or other monetary concessions granted by Landlord (amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term proposed under the First Offer Notice or the terms offered to the potential tenant, as applicable). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each time Tenant receives a First Offer Notice from Landlord, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if at all, with respect to all of the First Offer Space described in the First Offer Notice, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.
11.4. Amendment to Lease. If Tenant timely exercises Tenant ’ s right to lease the First Offer Space, Landlord and Tenant shall within thirty (30) days thereafter execute an amendment to the Lease for the First Offer Space upon the terms and conditions as set forth in the First Offer Notice and this Section 11.
11.5. Termination of Right of First Offer. The rights contained in this Section 11 may only be exercised by Tenant (or an Affiliate or assignee approved by Landlord) if Tenant (or an Affiliate or assignee approved by Landlord) then occupies the entire Premises then demised by the Lease. Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.3 above, Tenant ’ s right of first offer shall terminate upon Tenant ’ s failure to exercise its right of first offer prior to the expiration of the Exercise Period. Tenant shall not have the right to lease the First Offer Space, as provided in this Section 11 if, as of the date (x) on which Tenant delivers the Acceptance Notice to Landlord, or (y) the scheduled date of delivery of the First Offer Space, Tenant is in Material Default (as defined in Section 5 of this Second Amendment) under the Lease.
12. Auto-Dealer Sign. During the Extended Term, Tenant shall have the right to maintain the Auto- Dealer Sign in accordance with the provisions of Section 20.22.1 of the Original Lease.
13. Exterior Building Signage and Ground Floor Lobby Signage. Provided that Tenant occupies no fewer than two (2) full floors of the Building, Tenant, at Tenant ’ s sole expense, and subsequent to the Effective Date, shall have the non-exclusive right to affix Tenant ’ s name (but not Tenant ’ s logo) to (i) the exterior of the Building fronting Broadway (the “ Exterior Building Signage ” ) and (ii) the interior wall of the main lobby on the ground floor of the Building flanking the left-hand side of the Broadway entry doors (the “ Ground Floor Lobby Signage ” ). The Exterior Building Signage and the Ground Floor Lobby Signage shall be subject to the terms of Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof. Landlord hereby approves the Exterior Building Signage depicted on Exhibit D attached hereto and made a part hereof.
The Exterior Building Signage and the Ground Floor Lobby Signage shall be provided by the sign contractor designated by Landlord. The elevations, style, color, size and format and all other design elements and materials of the Exterior Building Signage and the Ground Floor Lobby Signage shall be acceptable to Landlord in Landlord ’ s sole and absolute discretion. The Exterior Building Signage and the Ground Floor Lobby Signage shall be consistent with Landlord ’ s then-current signage program (as may be modified from time to time in Landlord ’ s sole but reasonable discretion).
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
In addition, Tenant shall bear all expenses relating to the Exterior Building Signage and the Ground Floor Lobby Signage, including, without limitation:
a) the cost of obtaining permits and approvals;
b) the cost of maintaining, repairing, and replacing the Exterior Building Signage and the Ground Floor Lobby Signage; and
c) if applicable, the cost of any electrical consumption illuminating the Exterior Building Signage and the Ground Floor Lobby Signage.
Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord ’ s demand, any expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the Exterior Building Signage and the Ground Floor Lobby Signage, except for those payable directly by Tenant to any third party. Tenant ’ s payment obligation under this Section 13 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Extended Term or the Second Extended Term, as the case may be.
Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant ’ s sole expense remove the Exterior Building Signage and the Ground Floor Lobby Signage from the Building and restore the affected portions of the Building to their condition existing prior to Tenant ’ s installation of the Exterior Building Signage and the Ground Floor Lobby Signage.
The signage right granted hereunder is personal to the original Tenant signing the Second Amendment and shall be null, void and of no further force or effect as of the date (i) that Tenant assigns the Lease to an entity that is not an Affiliate and/or subleases more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the total Rentable Area of the Premises to an entity that is not an Affiliate; (ii) at any time Tenant is in Material Default of its obligations under the Lease (including, without limitation, Exhibit C attached to and made a part of this Second Amendment); or (iii) at any time Tenant does not occupy and operate its business from the entire Premises leased by Tenant as of the Effective Date.
14. Acceptance of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that (i) it has been in possession of the Existing Premises for over three (3) years, and (ii) as of the date of the execution of this Second Amendment, it has no claim against Landlord, and therefore releases Landlord from any claim, loss, liability, cost or expense, in connection with the Existing Premises or the Lease. Notwithstanding anything contained in (ii) above, Landlord ’ s obligations set forth in the Lease (including this Second Amendment) and in that certain Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release of Claims dated as of December 31, 2014 among Landlord, Tenant, and other parties, shall remain in full force and effect and are not waived or released by Tenant under this Section 14. Tenant has made its own inspection of and inquiries regarding the Expansion Space, which is already improved. Therefore, Tenant accepts the Expansion Space in its “ as-is ” condition with all systems and equipment serving the Expansion Space in good working order and repair, and subject to all of Landlord ’ s maintenance and repair obligations under the Lease. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord has made no currently effective representation or warranty, express or implied regarding the condition, suitability or usability of the Existing Premises, Expansion Space or the Building for the purposes intended by Tenant.
15. Deleted Provisions. The following provisions of the Original Lease are hereby deleted and have no further force or effect: Article 24 (Right of First Offer); and Article 25 (Termination Option).
16. Landlord ’ s Reservation of Rights. The following is hereby added at end of Section 1.3 of the Original Lease:
“ Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Premises are part of an office building owned, operated, managed and leased by Landlord and occupied by numerous tenants; (b) Landlord and such tenants are engaged from time to time in a variety of construction projects inside individual premises as well as in Common Areas as part of the normal course of business in the Building; and (c) such construction activities may cause, among other things, noise, vibration, dust, odors, increased foot traffic in the Building and in elevators and corridors, and increased motor vehicle traffic in parking facilities. In recognition of the foregoing, Tenant hereby releases and hold harmless Landlord and all of its parents,
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
subsidiaries, divisions, employees, affiliates, assigns, officers, directors, shareholders, members, agents, predecessors, successors, trustees, beneficiaries and representatives (collectively, the “ Landlord Parties ” ), from any and all claims (including claims for abatement of Rent, constructive eviction or consequential damages, including without limitation, lost profits), debts, liabilities, demands, obligations, costs, expenses, actions and causes of action of every nature, character and description, whether known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, fixed or contingent arising out of or in connection with the activities and conditions described in the foregoing clauses (b) and (c). Furthermore, Tenant agrees that, except as otherwise provided below, none of the activities and conditions described in the foregoing clauses (b) and (c) shall be grounds for any claim by Tenant or any party claiming through Tenant that Landlord has breached the terms of Section 1.5 below or any other provision of this Lease, or violated any statute or other applicable law which purports to govern the rights or obligations of Landlord and Tenant concerning the matters set forth in Section 1.5. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant ’ s foregoing release shall in no event apply to any circumstance, occurrence, or event arising out of or in connection with the activities and conditions described in the foregoing clauses (b) and/or (c) where and to the extent that such activities and conditions: (i) prevent or otherwise materially and adversely affect Tenant ’ s access to or use of the Premises for the Specified Use, which shall be deemed an Abatement Event under Section 8.9 of this Lease and shall be subject to the express provisions of said Section 8.9; (ii) result from or were caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties and Landlord fails to remedy the conditions caused by such gross negligence or negligence or willful misconduct within six (6) business days following Landlord ’ s receipt of written notice from Tenant thereof; and/or (iii) constitute or result in a violation of law applicable to the Real Property or a breach by Landlord of any term of this Lease and Landlord fails to remedy such violation of law or breach of this Lease by Landlord the conditions caused by such gross negligence or negligence or willful misconduct within six (6) business days following Landlord ’ s receipt of written notice from Tenant thereof, provided, however, that if the remedying of any condition described in subsection (ii) above or cure of any violation of law or breach of this Lease by Landlord described in subsection (iii) above is such that more than six (6) business days would be required for its performance, Landlord shall not be deemed to be in violation of subsection (ii) or (iii) (as applicable) so long as Landlord commences such performance within such six (6) business day period and diligently prosecutes such performance to completion within a commercially reasonable period thereafter. ”
17. Limitation of Landlord ’ s Liability. The provisions of Section 9.4 of the Original Lease are hereby amended in their entirety.
“Section 9.4. Limitation of Landlord ’ s Liability.
Tenant expressly agrees that, notwithstanding anything in this Lease and/or any applicable law to the contrary, the liability of the Landlord Parties, and any recourse by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties shall be limited solely and exclusively to Tenant ’ s actual direct damages, but not consequential damages (including but not limited to loss of profits, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case however occurring), therefor and shall be recoverable only from the interest of Landlord in the Building.
Tenant specifically agrees that the Landlord Parties shall have no personal liability therefor. Further, Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. ”
18. Tenant ’ s Waiver of Consequential Damages. The provisions of Section 12.6 of the Original Lease are hereby amended in their entirety to read as follows:
“Section 12.6. Tenant ’ s Waiver of Consequential Damages.
Subject to Section 12.4, the provisions contained in Section 12.5 are Tenant ’ s sole remedy arising out of any Casualty. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other person or entity for any direct, indirect, or consequential damages (including but not limited to lost profits of Tenant or loss of or interference with Tenant ’ s business), due to, arising out of, or as a result of the Casualty.
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
In no event shall any Landlord Party be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or Tenant ’ s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders, or for injury to the business of Tenant resulting in any way from such Casualty, or from Landlord ’ s undertaking of repairs as a result of such Casualty. ”
19. Government Required-Repairs. The last paragraph of Section 12.10 of the Original Lease is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
“ Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease as a result of Landlord undertaking the Work, nor shall Tenant or any third party claiming under Tenant be entitled to make any claim against Landlord for any interruption, interference or disruption of Tenant ’ s business or loss of profits therefrom as a result of the Work, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any claim which Tenant may have against Landlord arising from or relating to, directly or indirectly, the performance of the Work by Landlord. ”
20. Warranty of Authority. If Landlord or Tenant signs as a corporation or limited liability company or a partnership, each of the persons executing this Second Amendment on behalf of Landlord or Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that the applicable entity executing herein below is a duly authorized and existing entity that is qualified to do business in California; that the person (s) signing on behalf of either Landlord or Tenant have full right and authority to enter into this Second Amendment; and that each and every person signing on behalf of either Landlord or Tenant are authorized in writing to do so.
If either signatory hereto is a corporation, the person (s) executing on behalf of said entity shall affix the appropriate corporate seal to each area in the document where request therefor is noted, and the other party shall be entitled to conclusively presume that by doing so the entity for which said corporate seal has been affixed is attesting to and ratifying this Second Amendment.
21. Broker Representation. Landlord and Tenant represent to one another that it has dealt with no broker in connection with this Second Amendment other than Douglas Emmett Management , I nc. and Cushman & Wakefield. Landlord and Tenant shall hold one another harmless from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, expense, claim, action, demand, suit or obligation arising out of or relating to a breach by the indemnifying party of such representation. Landlord agrees to pay all commissions due to the brokers listed above created by Tenant ’ s execution of this Second Amendment.
22. Confidentiality. Landlord and Tenant agree that the covenants and provisions of this Second Amendment shall not be divulged to anyone not directly involved in the management, administration, ownership, lending against, or subleasing of the Premises, other than Tenant ’ s or Landlord ’ s counsel-of- record or leasing or sub-leasing broker of record; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 18 shall prohibit Tenant making public disclosure of this Second Amendment when required under applicable laws or regulations, including without limitation, federal and state securities laws and regulations.
23. Governing Law. The provisions of this Second Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of California.
24. Reaffirmation. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Lease, as amended herein, constitutes the entire agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant relating to the Premises, and supersedes any and all other agreements written or oral between the parties hereto. Furthermore, except as modified herein, all other covenants and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.
25. Civil Code Section 1938 Disclosure. Pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1938, Landlord hereby discloses that the Premises have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist to determine whether the Premises meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards.
26. Submission of Document. No expanded contractual or other rights shall exist between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Expansion Space, as contemplated under this Second Amendment, until both Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Second Amendment, whether or not any
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
additional rental or security deposits have been received by Landlord, and notwithstanding that Landlord has delivered to Tenant an unexecuted copy of this Second Amendment.
The submission of this Second Amendment to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only, and does not and shall not constitute a reservation of or an option for the Tenant to lease the Expansion Space, or otherwise create any interest by Tenant in the Expansion Space or any other portion of the Building other than the Existing Premises. Execution of this Second Amendment by Tenant and its return to Landlord shall not be binding upon Landlord, notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in fact executed and delivered this Second Amendment to Tenant.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this document, effective as of the later of the date (s) written below.
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT A — EXPANSION SPACE PLAN
Suite 220/260 together with the lobby, corridor areas and restrooms on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building and Suite 500 at 120 Broadway, Santa Monica, California 90401
Rentable Area: approximately 20,874 square feet
Usable Area: approximately 18,745 square feet
(Measured pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 of this Second Amendment)
A- 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT A — EXPANSION SPACE PLAN (CONT’D)
A- 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B
CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT
CONSTRUCTION PERFORMED BY TENANT
Section 1. Tenant to Complete Construction. Tenant ’ s general contractor ( “ Contractor ” ) shall furnish and install within the Existing Premises and the Expansion Space (which, for purposes of this Exhibit B , shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Premises ” ) those items of general construction (the “ Improvements ” ), shown on the Final Plans and Specifications (as defined in Section 6 of this Exhibit B ). The definition of the “ Improvements ” shall include all costs associated with completing the Improvements, including but not limited to, (A) space planning, design, architectural, project management and engineering fees, (B) contracting, labor and material costs, (C) municipal fees, plan check and permit costs, (D) document development and/or reproduction costs, and (E) the costs of the purchase and installation of telephone and data cabling and furniture to be used by Tenant in the Premises (up to a maximum amount of $5.00 per usable square foot of the Allowance [as defined below] in the aggregate. The Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) all state, federal, city or quasi-governmental laws, codes, ordinances and regulations, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other person; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; (iii) building material manufacturer ’ s specifications and (iv) the Final Plans and Specifications.
All Tenant selections of finishes shall be indicated in the Final Plans and Specifications and shall be equal to or better than the minimum Building standards and specifications.
Any work not shown in the Final Plans and Specifications or included in the Improvements such as, but not limited to, telephone service, furnishings, or cabinetry, for which Tenant contracts separately shall be subject to Landlord ’ s policies and shall be conducted in such a way as to not unreasonably hinder or delay the work of Improvements.
Section 2. Tenant ’ s Payment of Costs. Subject to Landlord ’ s reimbursement as specified hereinbelow, Tenant shall bear all costs of the Improvements, and shall timely pay said costs directly to the Contractor. From time to time, Tenant shall provide Landlord with such evidence as Landlord may reasonably request that the Contractor has been paid in full for the work completed to-date.
In addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord (up to a maximum amount of $2,500.00) for any and all of Landlord ’ s actual and reasonable out of pocket costs incurred in reviewing Tenant ’ s Plans and Specifications or for any other “ peer review ” work associated with Landlord ’ s review of Tenant ’ s Plans and Specifications, including, without limitation, Landlord ’ s actual and reasonable out of pocket costs incurred in engaging any third party engineers, contractors, consultants or design specialists. Tenant shall pay such costs to Landlord within five (5) business days after Landlord ’ s delivery to Tenant of a copy of the invoice (s) for such work.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, it is expressly understood and agreed that (i) Landlord shall promptly reimburse Tenant for costs incurred by Tenant in connection with the construction of the Improvements (a) due to the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises or on the Real Property and/or (b) bringing any part of the Real Property outside of the Premises into compliance with applicable laws, codes, ordinances, and other legal requirements that are binding on the Real Property, the Building, or the Premises as of the date of this Second Amendment, and (ii) all of such costs shall not be charged against the Allowance.
Landlord shall perform, construct and pay the cost of any renovations, revisions or other improvements which Landlord is required (by any governmental authority having jurisdiction) to make to any portion of the Building outside of the Premises, including the Common Areas outside of the Premises, which such renovations, repairs or revisions arise out of or are required in connection with Tenant ’ s completion of the Improvements contemplated herein.
B- 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B (Continued)
The failure by Tenant to timely pay such amounts as required under this Paragraph 2 shall be a material default under the Lease.
Section 3. Lien Waiver and Releases. During the course of construction Contractor shall provide Landlord with executed lien waiver and release forms as reasonably requested by Landlord (including any conditional or unconditional waiver and release forms in the form required under California Civil Code Sections 8132 through 8138 and confirmation that no liens have been filed against the Premises or the Building. If any liens arise against
B- 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B (Continued)
the Premises or the Building as a result of the Improvements, Tenant shall immediately, at Tenant ’ s sole expense, remove such liens and provide Landlord evidence that the title to the Building and Premises has been cleared of such liens.
Section 4. Performance Bonds. Intentionally Deleted.
Section 5. Landlord ’ s Reimbursement for Costs. After completion of the Improvements, and as specified herein, Landlord shall pay to Tenant for the Improvements as defined in Paragraph 1 above, an allowance, not to exceed the sum of $30.00 per square foot of Usable Area in the Premises (which is equal to $1,012,350.00 ([$30.00 multiplied by 33,475 square feet] and is herein referred to as the “ Allowance ” ), provided, however, Tenant acknowledges Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse the Allowance prior to January 1, 2016 or subsequent to December 31, 2017. In no event shall an amount of the Allowance more than $2.00 per square foot of Usable Area in the Premises be available to Tenant for the fees and costs of architectural services. Subject to the provisions of this Exhibit B , a check for the Allowance (or the portion thereof utilized in accordance with this Exhibit B ) payable to Tenant shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant following the completion of construction of the Improvements pursuant to the Final Plans and Specifications, provided that (i) Tenant delivers or has delivered to Landlord invoices from Tenant ’ s Contractor for all labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; (ii) Tenant delivers or has delivered to Landlord executed unconditional mechanic ’ s lien waiver and releases from all of Tenant ’ s Agents (as such term is defined in Paragraph 6 a), below) which shall comply with California Civil Code Section 8138; (iii) Tenant delivers to Landlord all other information reasonably requested by Landlord, including a “ close-out ” package that includes mechanical and electrical final as-builts; architectural as-builts; permit drawings for all trades along with permit card with all required signatures; air balance report (2 copies); warranty letters from all trades; punch list with Tenant ’ s sign-off (if applicable); (iv) Landlord has reasonably determined that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life-safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building; and (v) the Architect delivers to Landlord a certificate, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises has been substantially completed in accordance with the Final Plans and Specifications.
Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to disburse the Allowance (or the portion thereof utilized in accordance with this Exhibit B ) not later than thirty (30) days following Tenant ’ s satisfaction of the requirements set forth in items (i) through (v) above. Landlord ’ s disbursement of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord ’ s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant ’ s payment request. Landlord shall only be obligated to make one disbursement from the Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant in accordance with this Exhibit B . All Improvements for which the Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord ’ s property under the terms of the Lease.
Section 6. Retention of Professionals ; Pre-Construction Requirements and Approvals. Prior to Tenant or Contractor commencing any work:
a) Tenant shall retain an architect/space planner, subject to Landlord ’ s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (the “ Architect ” ) to prepare the space plan (the “ Space Plan ” ). The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect shall be known collectively as the “ Plans and Specifications . ”
b) Contractor, and its subcontractors and suppliers, shall be subject to Landlord ’ s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall cause Contractor to
B- 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B (Continued)
execute and deliver to Landlord the Agreement By Contractor of Indemnification/Hold Harmless of Landlord attached to this Exhibit B as Schedule 1 . Contractor shall provide Landlord with a true, complete and correct copy of the construction contract between Contractor and Tenant. As a condition of such approval, so long as the same are reasonably cost competitive, Contractor shall use Landlord ’ s fire-life safety, heating, venting, air- conditioning, plumbing, and electrical subcontractors for such work. All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers, and the Contractor, Architect and Engineers shall be known collectively as “ Tenant ’ s Agents ” . During completion of the Improvements, neither Tenant nor Contractor shall permit any sub-contractors, workmen, laborers, material or equipment to come into or upon the Building if the use thereof, in Landlord ’ s reasonable judgment, would violate Landlord ’ s agreement with any union providing work, labor or services in or about the Building or disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. If any
B- 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B (Continued)
violation, disturbance, interference or conflict occurs, Tenant, upon demand by Landlord, shall immediately cause all contractors or subcontractors or all materials causing the violation, disturbance, interference, difficulty or conflict, to leave or be removed from the Building or the Common Areas immediately. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, suits, demands, damages, judgments, costs, interest and expenses (including attorneys fees and costs incurred in the defense thereof) to which Landlord may be subject or suffer when the same arise out of or in connection with the use of, work in, construction to, or actions in, on, upon or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant ’ s agents, contractors, directors, employees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders, including any actions relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of the Improvements and any other improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on, upon or about the Premises, except to the extent caused by or resulting from Landlord ’ s negligence or willful misconduct.
c) All Plans and Specifications shall be subject to Landlord ’ s reasonable prior approval. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Exhibit B to the contrary, and without limiting Landlord ’ s discretion to withhold its approval, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to deny its consent to any aspect of the Plans and Specifications that (i) adversely affect Building systems, the structure of the Building or the safety of the Building and/or its occupants, (ii) would violate any governmental laws, rules or ordinances; (iii) would require any changes to the base, shell and core of the Building, and/or (iv) are inconsistent with the design, construction or aesthetics of the Building (each, a “ Design Problem ” ). Tenant and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the base building plans, and Tenant and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Landlord ’ s review of the Plans and Specifications as set forth in this Paragraph 6, shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord ’ s approval of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Plans and Specifications are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord ’ s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Plans and Specifications.
Tenant or Architect shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies signed by Tenant of its final space plan for the Premises before any architectural working drawings or engineering drawings have been commenced. The Space Plan shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein. Landlord may request clarification or more specific drawings for special use items not included in the Space Plan. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) business days after Landlord ’ s receipt of the Space Plan for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly cause the Space Plan to be revised to correct any deficiencies or other matters Landlord may reasonably require.
Upon approval of the Space Plan by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall promptly cause the Architect to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and Architect shall compile a fully coordinated set of the Plans and Specifications, including the architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord ’ s approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies certified by the Architect of such Plans and Specifications. Landlord shall advise Tenant within ten (10) business days after Landlord ’ s receipt of the Plans and
B- 5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B (Continued)
Specifications for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall immediately revise the Plans and Specifications in accordance with such review and any disapproval of Landlord in connection therewith. The Plans and Specifications must be approved by Landlord prior to the commencement of construction of the Premises by Tenant. The final Plans and Specifications approved by Landlord are herein referred to as the “ Final Plans and Specifications . ” Concurrently with Tenant ’ s submittal of the Plans and Specifications to Landlord for its approval, Tenant may submit the same to the appropriate municipal authorities for all applicable building permits (provided that such submission shall be at Tenant ’ s sole risk and shall not alter or modify Landlord ’ s right to approve the Plans and Specifications in accordance with the terms hereof). Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord ’ s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy (or their substantial equivalent) for the Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant ’ s responsibility; provided, however,
B- 6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B (Continued)
that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy at no cost to Landlord. No changes, modifications or alterations in the Plans and Specifications may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be withheld unless a Design Problem exists and shall be granted or denied within three (3) business days following submission by Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed that (i) Landlord shall not be entitled to disapprove any portion, component or aspect of the Plans and Specifications which is consistent with the approved Space Plan and (ii) any disapproval of the Plans and Specifications by Landlord shall be accompanied by a detailed written explanation of the reasons for Landlord ’ s disapproval.
d) Prior to the commencement of the construction of the Improvements, and after Tenant has accepted all bids for the Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the final costs to be incurred or which have been incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor, which costs form a basis for the amount of the construction contract with Contractor . Such breakdown shall include Contractor ’ s overhead, profit, and fees, and an administrative fee equal to two percent (2%) of the Allowance (the “ Administrative Fee ” ), which shall be deducted from the Allowance and disbursed to Landlord ’ s managing agent to defray said agent ’ s costs for supervision of the construction. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay the Administrative Fee to Landlord if Tenant selects DEB Builders , I nc. to construct the Improvements.
e) Contractor shall submit to Landlord verification of public liability and workmen ’ s compensation insurance.
f) Landlord and Tenant agree that if the Improvements are actually constructed by Tenant ’ s Contractor at a cost which is less than the Allowance, there shall be no monetary adjustment between Landlord and Tenant or offset against Rent or other sums owed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease and the entire cost savings shall be retained by Landlord and relinquished by Tenant.
g) In the event Landlord fails to respond to a Tenant request for Landlord ’ s consent or approval hereunder within the prescribed time period (or, if no time period is specified, within five (5) business days after Tenant ’ s request), then such requested consent or approval shall be deemed to have been given by Landlord.
Section 7. Landlord ’ s Administration of Construction. Tenant ’ s Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers shall be subject to Landlord ’ s reasonable administrative control and supervision. Landlord shall provide the Contractor and its subcontractors reasonable access to the Premises so as to timely complete the Improvements; reasonable use of the freight elevators and loading docks for the movement of Contractor ’ s and its subcontractors ’ materials and laborers.
Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that Tenant shall, and shall cause its contractors, agents, and employees to (a) plan and construct the Improvements and enter and exit the Premises, elevators, parking facilities, and the Building in a manner that will not unreasonably disturb any other tenants, subtenants or other occupants of the Building or any of their employees, officers or invitees, and (b) engage in any demolition, anchoring of walls or supports, drilling, or conduct any other aspect of planning or construction or operate any equipment in the Premises or any Common Areas that may cause excessive noise, dust, vibrations or odors only during such hours as approved in writing in advance by Landlord ’ s building manager and only in the manner prescribed in writing by such building manager. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, suits, demands, causes of action, damages, judgments, costs, interest and expenses (including attorneys fees and costs incurred in the defense thereof) to which Landlord or any of Landlord ’ s affiliates,
B- 7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B (Continued)
partners, contractors, members assigns, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, predecessors, successors, trustees, beneficiaries and representatives, may be subject to or suffer when the same arise out of, are caused by or occur in connection with the breach by Tenant of the representation, warranty and covenant specified in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b).
Tenant ’ s subcontractors shall submit schedules of all work relating to the Improvements to Contractor and Contractor shall, within five (5) business days of receipt thereof, inform Tenant ’ s subcontractors of any changes which are necessary thereto, and Tenant ’ s subcontractors shall adhere to such corrected schedule. Tenant shall abide by all rules made by Landlord ’ s Building manager with respect to the storage of materials, coordination of work with the contractors of other tenants, and any other matter in connection with this Exhibit B . In the event Landlord reasonably determines that third party security services are reasonably required as a result of the construction of the Improvements, Tenant shall pay such out of pocket costs to Landlord within five (5) business
B- 8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B (Continued)
days after Landlord bills Tenant therefor. Landlord shall provide Tenant notice prior to Landlord engaging such third-party security services.
From time to time during the construction of the Improvements Tenant shall, upon request from Landlord, provide reasonable progress reports to Landlord regarding the progress of the preparation of plans and specifications and the construction of the Improvements. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to inquire of Tenant from time to time regarding meetings to be held between Tenant, the Architect and the Contractor, and shall have the right to attend any such meetings. Further, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant, Architect and the Contractor to meet with Landlord to discuss the progress of the preparation of plans and specifications and the construction of the Improvements, as deemed reasonably necessary by Landlord.
Section 8. Expansion Date. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that whether or not Tenant has completed construction of the Improvements, the Expansion Date shall occur in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 of the Second Amendment.
Section 9. Compliance with Construction Policies. During construction of the Improvements, Tenant ’ s Contractor shall adhere to the Construction Policies specified hereinbelow, which represent Landlord ’ s minimum requirements for completion of the Improvements.
Section 10. No Miscellaneous Charges . During the construction of the Improvements, Landlord shall provide (at no cost to Tenant or Tenant ’ s Agents), (i) reasonable amounts of parking for Tenant ’ s Agents in locations within the Building parking facilities designated by Landlord, and (ii) use of the elevators of the Building, subject to the reasonable non-discriminatory rights of other tenants of the Building, their employees and invitees.
CONSTRUCTION POLICIES
The following policies outlined are the construction procedures for the Building. As a material consideration to Landlord for granting Landlord ’ s permission to Tenant to complete the construction contemplated hereunder, Tenant agrees to be bound by and follow the provisions contained hereinbelow:
Section 11. Administration.
a) Contractors to notify Building Office prior to starting any work. No exceptions. All jobs must be scheduled by the general contractor or sub-contractor when no general contractor is being used.
b) The general contractor is to provide the Building Manager with a copy of the projected work schedule for the suite, prior to the start of construction.
c) Contractor will make sure that at least one set of drawings will have the Building Manager ’ s initials approving the plans and a copy delivered to the Building Office.
d) As-built construction, including mechanical drawings and air balancing reports will be submitted at the end of each project.
e) The HVAC contractor is to provide the following items to the Building Manager upon being awarded the contract from the general contractor:
i) A plan showing the new ducting layout, all supply and return air grille locations and all thermostat locations. The plan sheet should also include the location of any fire dampers.
ii) An Air Balance Report reflecting the supply air capacity throughout the suite, which is to be given to the Chief Building Engineer at the finish of the HVAC installation.
B- 9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B (Continued)
f) All paint bids should reflect a one-time touch-up paint on all suites. This is to be completed approximately five (5) days after move-in date.
g) The general contractor must provide for the removal of all trash and debris arising during the course of construction. At no time are the building ’ s trash compactors and/or dumpsters to be used by the general contractor ’ s clean-up crews for the disposal of any trash or debris accumulated during construction. The Building Office assumes no responsibility for bins. Contractor is to monitor and resolve any problems with bin usage without involving the Building Office. Bins are to be emptied on a regular basis and never allowed to overflow. Trash is to be placed in the bin.
h) Contractors will include in their proposals all costs to include: additional security (if required), restoration of carpets , etc.
B- 10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B (Continued)
i) Any problems with construction per the Final Plans and Specifications will be brought to the attention of and documented to the Building Manager. Any changes that need additional work not described in the bid will be approved in writing by the Building Manager. All contractors doing work on this project should first verify the scope of work (as stated on the plans) before submitting bids; not after the job has started.
Section 12. Building Facilities Coordination.
a) All deliveries of material will be made through the parking lot entrance.
b) Construction materials and equipment will not be stored in any area without prior approval of the Building Manager.
c) Only the freight elevator is to be used by construction personnel and equipment. Under no circumstances are construction personnel with materials and/or tools to use the “ passenger ” elevators.
Section 13. Housekeeping.
a) Suite entrance doors are to remain closed at all times, except when hauling or delivering construction materials.
b) All construction done on the property that requires the use of lobbies or common area corridors will have carpet or other floor protection. The following are the only prescribed methods allowed:
i) Mylar — Extra heavy-duty to be taped from the freight elevator to the suite under construction.
ii) Masonite —1 /4 inch Panel, Taped to floor and adjoining areas. All corners, edges and joints to have adequate anchoring to provide safe and “ trip-free ” transitions. Materials to be extra heavy-duty and installed from freight elevator to the suite under construction.
c) Restroom wash basins will not be used to fill buckets, make pastes, wash brushes , etc. If facilities are required, arrangements for utility closets will be made with the Building Office.
d) Food and related lunch debris are not to be left in the suite under construction.
e) All areas the general contractor or their sub-contractors work in must be kept clean. All suites the general contractor works in will have construction debris removed prior to completion inspection. This includes dusting of all window sills, light diffusers, cleaning of cabinets and sinks. All common areas are to be kept clean of building materials at all times so as to allow tenants access to their suites or the building.
Section 14. Construction Requirements.
a) All Life and Safety and applicable Building Codes will be strictly enforced (i.e., tempered glass, fire dampers, exit signs, smoke detectors, alarms , etc. ). Prior coordination with the Building Manager is required.
b) Electric panel schedules must be brought up to date identifying all new circuits added.
c) All electrical outlets and lighting circuits are to be properly identified. Outlets will be labeled on back side of each cover plate.
d) All electrical and phone closets being used must have panels replaced and doors shut at the end of each day ’ s work. Any electrical closet that is opened with the panel exposed must have a work person present.
e) All electricians, telephone personnel , etc. will, upon completion of their respective projects, pick up and discard their trash leaving the telephone and electrical rooms clean. If this is not complied with, a clean-up will be conducted by the building janitors and the general contractor will be back-charged for this service.
B- 11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B (Continued)
f) Welding or burning with an open flame will not be done without prior approval of the Building Manager. Fire extinguishers must be on hand at all times.
g) All “ anchoring ” of walls or supports to the concrete are not to be done during normal working hours (7:30 AM - 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday). This work must be scheduled before or after these hours during the week or on the weekend.
h) All core drilling is not to be done during normal working hours (7:30 AM - 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday). This work must be scheduled before or after these hours during the week or on the weekend.
B- 12
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT B (Continued)
i) All HVAC work must be inspected by the Building Engineer. The following procedures will be followed by the general contractor:
i) A preliminary inspection of the HVAC work in progress will be scheduled through the Building Office prior to the reinstallation of the ceiling grid.
ii) A second inspection of the HVAC operation will also be scheduled through the Building Office and will take place with the attendance of the HVAC contractor ’ s Air Balance Engineer. This inspection will take place when the suite in question is ready to be air-balanced.
iii) The Building Engineer will inspect the construction on a periodic basis as well.
j) All existing thermostats, ceiling tiles, lighting fixtures and air conditioning grilles shall be saved and turned over to the Building Engineer.
Good housekeeping rules and regulations will be strictly enforced. The building office and engineering department will do everything possible to make your job easier. However, contractors who do not observe the construction policy will not be allowed to perform within this building. The cost of repairing any damages that are caused by Tenant or Tenant ’ s contractor during the course of construction shall be deducted from Tenant ’ s Allowance or Tenant ’ s Security Deposit, as appropriate.
B- 13
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
SCHEDULE 1
Agreement By Contractor of Indemnification/Hold Harmless of Landlord
( “ Agreement ” )
Owner :
Douglas Emmett 1995, LLC
c/o Douglas Emmett Management, LLC
Director of Property Management
808 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 200
Santa Monica, California 90401
Contractor : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Re: (the “ Real Property ” )
The undersigned (referred to herein as “ Contractor ” ) has been engaged by TrueCar , I nc., a Delaware corporation ( “ Tenant ” ) to perform work (the “ Work ” ) in or on the above referenced Real Property, which is owned by Douglas Emmett 1995, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “ Owner ” ), and managed by Owner ’ s duly authorized agent, Douglas Emmett Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “ Manager ” ). Contractor acknowledges and agrees that Contractor has reviewed and shall comply with the “ Construction Policies ” that are a part of the Construction Agreement attached as Exhibit B to that certain Second Amendment to Office Lease between Owner and Tenant dated as of February 11, 2015, a full copy of which has been delivered to Contractor. Contractor also agrees that Contractor shall, and shall cause its subcontractors, agents and employees to (a) perform the Work and enter and exit the Real Property, elevators, and parking facilities in a manner that will not disturb any other tenants, subtenants or other occupants of the Real Property or any of their employees, officers or invitees; (b) engage in any demolition, anchoring of walls or supports, drilling, or conduct any other aspect of planning or construction or operate any equipment in Tenant ’ s premises or any other part of the Real Property that may cause excessive noise, dust, vibrations or odors only during such hours as approved in writing in advance by Owner or Manager and only in the manner prescribed in writing by Owner or Manager; (c) comply with the Construction Policies or any written guidelines or instructions delivered to Contractor from Owner or Manager regarding performance of the Work; and (d) perform the Work in compliance with applicable laws. Contractor understands and agrees that, prior to Contractor commencing the Work, Owner requires Contractor to provide the Landlord Parties (as hereinafter defined) with certain protections and that such protections are a material inducement to Owner ’ s consent to allowing Contractor to perform the Work at the Real Property. Accordingly, Contractor hereby agrees to and/or shall comply with the following:
1. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Manager and their respective affiliates, members, interest holders, managing members, officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, predecessors, successors and assigns (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Landlord Parties ” and individually a “ Landlord Party ” ) from and against all liabilities, claims, damages, losses, liens, causes of actions, judgments, costs and expenses, of whatever kind or nature, including without limitation, bodily injury or death (whether or not those injured or deceased are performing work under this Agreement or are affiliated with the parties hereto), property damage, costs of litigation (including,
S- 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
SCHEDULE 1 (cont’d)
without limitation, actual attorneys ’ fees and costs) (collectively, “ Claims ” ) arising out of or resulting from (1) the failure of Contractor or any of its subcontractors, employees or agents to comply with the requirements set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above; or any other obligation of Contractor under this Agreement, (2) the negligent acts or omissions of Contractor, its owners, agents, servants, employees, or subcontractors, or (3) the Work performed by Contractor. This indemnification obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or types of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or its subcontractors under workers compensation or disability laws. Contractor ’ s duty to indemnify shall include and extend to (i) situations in which Contractor has been negligent in the screening, hiring and training of its employees, contractors and subcontractors, said negligence of which causes liability in which any Landlord Party is alleged to be responsible for any Claims arising out of such negligent screening, hiring or training; and (ii) Claims for labor performed, equipment, tools, supplies or materials used or furnished in the performance of Contractor ’ s services, including any costs and expenses incurred in the defense of such Claims and any damages to any Landlord Party resulting from such Claims. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph 1 to the contrary, in no event shall Contractor be obligated to indemnify, hold harmless or defend Owner, Manager or any other Landlord Parties from any Claims arising from, pertaining to or caused by acts or omissions of the Tenant, Owner or Manager, or their respective affiliates, members, interest holders, managing members, officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, predecessors, successors, assigns, consultants, or other contractors (hereinafter collectively referred to as, “ Other Parties ” and individually, as “ Other Party ” ).
2. Contractor agrees after written demand to immediately cause the effect of any suit or lien to be removed from the Real Property and in the event Contractor shall fail to do so, Owner is authorized to use whatever means in its discretion it may deem appropriate to cause said lien or suit to be removed or dismissed and the costs thereof, together with attorneys ’ fees shall be immediately due and payable by Contractor to Owner. In the event a suit is brought against any Landlord Party or if any Landlord Party is named as a defendant in any suit against Contractor or Tenant, Contractor shall, at the option of Owner in Owner ’ s sole discretion, defend the Landlord Parties with counsel selected by Contractor and acceptable to Owner, in Owner ’ s reasonable discretion. Contractor shall pay any and all costs and expenses in connection therewith as well as all additional costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, professional fees such as expert fees, and/or appraisers ’ and accountants ’ fees, and will pay and satisfy any such claim, lien, or judgment as may be established by the decision of the court in such suit. Contractor may litigate any such lien or suit provided Contractor causes the effect thereof to be removed from the Real Property promptly in advance.
3. Contractor shall promptly pay all indebtedness incurred and payable in Contractor ’ s performance of the Work. Should any lien or charge attach to the Real Property by reason of Contractor ’ s failure to pay such indebtedness, Contractor shall promptly procure the release of any such lien or charge and shall indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably approved by Owner) and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from all loss, cost damage or expense incidental thereto. Nothing in the Agreement shall require Contractor to pay claims or indebtedness not actually due or payable, or when there is a dispute, offset, defense, excuse, waiver and release concerning any such claim or indebtedness.
4. If at any time there should be evidence of any lien or claim for which Owner or Manager is or might become liable, or for which the Real Property is, or might become subject to and which is chargeable to Contractor or any of its subcontractors, after allowing Contractor thirty (30) days to remove such lien, Owner or Manager shall have the right to retain out of any amounts due Contractor (as in for example, disbursements of any tenant improvement allowance), which shall be above and beyond any retention amounts, an amount sufficient to clear the lien or claim and completely indemnify the Landlord Parties against such lien or claim along with all associated costs, which shall in no way serve as an election of remedies by Owner or Manager. Contractor may obtain possession of the retained amount, provided that Contractor (a) posts a bond or other security in an amount sufficient to fully indemnify the Landlord Parties against the lien or claim, and (b) obtains Owner or Manager ’ s approval as to the adequacy and quality of the bond or security, which Owner or Manager shall not unreasonable withhold. The cost of any such bond shall be borne by Contractor. Nothing in the
S- 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
SCHEDULE 1 (cont’d)
Agreement shall require Contractor to pay claims or indebtedness not actually due or payable, or when there is a dispute, offset, defense, excuse, waiver and release concerning any such claim or indebtedness.
5. Contractor shall not take and is not authorized to take any action in the name of or otherwise on behalf of Owner or Manager which would violate any applicable law. If Contractor knowingly performs any Work or engages in any other activities contrary to applicable law, Contractor shall bear any and all additional costs resulting therefrom, including, but not limited to, the costs of correcting the Work or repairing the Real Property to comply with such law and the cost of fully indemnifying the Landlord Parties from all violations. Notwithstanding anything in paragraph 5 to the contrary, in no event shall Contractor bear, pay or incur any costs or liability resulting from conditions existing at the Real Property as of the start of Contractor ’ s Work for Tenant, nor shall Contractor be obligated to (i) bear, pay or incur the costs of repairing, or (ii) repair or correct the Real Property to comply with laws with respect to conditions at the Real Property existing as of the start of Contractor ’ s Work at the Real Property for Tenant or conditions resulting from directives, guidelines, rules, requirements, documents or instructions of Owner, Manager or Other Parties, or (iii) correct conditions not caused by Contractor ’ s Work.
6. Contractor shall immediately cause all Landlord Parties to be released from any liability or penalty which may be imposed on Contractor, its employees, agents or subcontractors by reason of any alleged violation or violations of applicable law by Contractor in performance of the Work.
7. Contractor waives any right to consequential, special or indirect damages or loss of anticipated profits, except for acts of gross negligence or intentional misconduct by Owner or Manager. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, Contractor shall look solely to Owner ’ s interest in the Real Property and any proceeds from a sale of the Real Property that actually remain undistributed, for satisfaction of any liabilities or obligations of Owner under this Agreement. No Landlord Party shall be personally liable for any such liabilities or obligations whatsoever.
8. If litigation is instituted between Owner and Contractor, the cause for which arises out of or in relation to this Agreement, the prevailing party in such litigation shall be entitled to receive its costs (not limited to court costs), expenses and reasonable attorneys ’ fees from the non-prevailing party as the same may be awarded by the court.
9. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall Contractor be obligated to correct any defective work or conditions unless caused by Contractor or Contractor ’ s subcontractors, sub-subcontractors or vendors, nor shall Contractor be obligated to indemnify, hold harmless or defend Owner, Manager or Landlord Parties with respect to defective work or conditions unless caused by Contractor or Contractor ’ s subcontractors, sub-subcontractors or vendors.
S- 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
SCHEDULE 1 (cont’d)
It is expressly understood and agreed that the foregoing provisions shall survive the termination or expiration of any agreement between Contractor and Tenant.
ALL OF THE ABOVE TERMS ARE AGREED TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY:
CONTRACTOR
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Company Name |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title |
|
Street Address |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date |
|
City, State, Zip |
S- 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT C
SIGN CRITERIA
1. Introduction. The intent of this sign criteria is to provide the guidelines necessary to achieve a visually coordinated, balanced and appealing signage environment at the Building.
2. Signage Allotment. Tenant is hereby permitted to install the Exterior Building Signage and the Ground Floor Lobby Signage (as such terms are defined in Section 13 of the Second Amendment), subject to Tenant ’ s compliance with all of the terms of this Exhibit C and Landlord ’ s prior written approval, which approval may be granted or withheld in Landlord ’ s sole but reasonable discretion.
3. Control over Design and Installation. Landlord and the City of Santa Monica (the “ City ” , which definition shall include any architectural review board, design review board or similar decision- making body with jurisdiction over the Building) shall retain sole rights of approval over the design and installation location (s) of any sign used in the Building. Tenant shall, at Tenant ’ s sole cost and expense, obtain all approvals necessary from the City. Tenant shall diligently and in good faith prosecute such approval process and shall advise Landlord in writing of its progress and shall provide Landlord with copies of all applications, correspondence and other written submissions to the City. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord documentation evidencing the City ’ s approval, if received, immediately upon Tenant ’ s receipt of the same. In no event shall Landlord approve installation of awnings over window areas in lieu of signage, nor shall the installation of neon lighting or “ canned ” signage be permitted. No modification of the requirements of this Exhibit C shall be valid, unless executed in advance by Landlord and the City.
4. Tenant ’ s Failure to Comply. Landlord shall rigorously enforce Tenant ’ s compliance with the requirements of this Exhibit C. Tenant ’ s failure to so comply shall be a material default under the Lease. Further, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease and applicable law, if Tenant fails to comply with any requirement set forth in this Exhibit C or fails to comply with Landlord ’ s request to remove any non-conforming signage within five (5) business days after Tenant has received written notice from Landlord, then Landlord shall (a) have the right, but not the obligation, to remove and store any non-conforming sign or signs at Tenant ’ s sole expense in accordance with the Lease and (b) have the right to impose a penalty of $250.00 per day against Tenant for each day that such default continues, which penalty Landlord may deduct from Tenant ’ s Security Deposit and/or Signage Deposit at Landlord ’ s election. Tenant ’ s obligations hereunder shall survive the expiration or early termination of the Term of the Lease.
5. Limitations on Signage.
a. Intentionally Deleted.
b. Tenant shall not be permitted to hang any additional advertisement (i.e., flags, pennants, cloth signs, sidewalk boards, banners, placards or similar devices) outside the Premises, nor display the same on the inside of windows facing towards the exterior of the Premises or in such a manner so that the same are visible from the exterior of the Premises.
c. Tenant and/or Tenant ’ s signage contractor shall comply with all local, city, and state building, electrical, and signage codes. If submission to and acceptance of Tenant ’ s proposed signs by any design review board or committee for the neighborhood or city in which the Building is located is required, Tenant agrees to comply with all requirements of said committee or board.
d. Tenant shall ensure that all penetrations of the structure required for installation of Tenant ’ s sign shall be sealed in a water tight condition and shall be patched to match the adjacent building finish.
e. Tenant shall not be permitted to install any signage in such a manner so that raceways, cross- overs, conduits, conductors, transformers, or the like are exposed and/or visible.
6. Installation Requirements.
a. Tenant shall submit to Landlord four (4) copies of detailed shop drawings of Tenant ’ s proposed sign(s). Said shop drawings shall be prepared in full conformance with the sign criteria contained
C- 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT C (cont’d)
herein; include details of the proposed installation(s); and shall include renderings of the building elevation(s), showing the proposed final installation.
b. Tenant shall pay for all costs associated with manufacture and installation of the proposed sign(s), including, without limitation, all costs of final connection, transformers and labor and materials. In addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any and all of Landlord ’ s out of pocket costs incurred in reviewing Tenant ’ s signage specifications or for any other “ peer review ” work associated with Landlord ’ s review of Tenant ’ s signage specifications, including, without limitation, Landlord ’ s out of pocket costs incurred in engaging any third party engineers, contractors, consultants or design specialists. Tenant shall pay such costs to Landlord within five (5) business days after Landlord ’ s delivery to Tenant of a copy of the invoice (s) for such work.
c. Tenant shall have the sign (s) proposed to be installed pursuant to this Exhibit C manufactured and installed by licensed contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant ’ s contractor shall obtain all necessary permits, at Tenant ’ s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall be fully responsible for the operations of Tenant ’ s sign contractor, and shall hold Landlord and Landlord ’ s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders harmless from any damages arising out of or in connection with Tenant ’ s installation of signage during the entire Term.
d. Tenant ’ s contractor shall maintain workmen ’ s compensation insurance as required by the State of California; all-risk liability insurance in a minimum amount of $1,000,000, prior to commencing installation of Tenant ’ s signs, shall provide to Landlord certificates of insurance evidencing such coverages, and naming Landlord as additional insured under the liability policy.
e. Landlord, at Tenant ’ s expense, shall provide primary electrical service to the proposed location (s) of the signs.
7. Maintenance and Repair. Tenant shall repair and maintain the signage installed on or in the Building in good order and repair. If, after the expiration of ten (10) days ’ prior written notice to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant fails to make such reasonable repairs as may be necessary to ensure that Tenant ’ s signage does not detract from the first-class appearance of the Building, Landlord shall have the option, but not the obligation, to, at Tenant ’ s sole expense, make such repairs as may be reasonably necessary and/or remove the signage which Tenant has failed to maintain, and store the same on behalf of Tenant.
8. Signage Deposit. Concurrent with Tenant ’ s execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord, Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord the sum of $2,500.00 ( “ Signage Deposit ” ), which Landlord shall hold as security on behalf of Tenant. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to apply all or a portion of the same to complete such repairs and/or maintenance or removal, or as provided in Section 4 of this Exhibit C, as shall become necessary during the term of or after the expiration of this Lease. Landlord shall have the right to commingle the Signage Deposit with its general assets and shall not be obligated to pay Tenant interest thereon. If, as a result of Landlord ’ s application of any portion or all of the Signage Deposit, the amount held by Landlord declines to less than $2,500.00, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, deposit with Landlord additional cash sufficient to bring the then-existing balance held as the Signage Deposit to the amount specified hereinabove. Tenant ’ s failure to deposit said amount shall constitute a material breach of the Lease. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Landlord shall deduct from the Signage Deposit being held on behalf of Tenant any unpaid sums, costs, expenses or damages payable by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease; and/or any costs required to cure Tenant ’ s default or performance of any other covenant or agreement of this Lease, and shall, within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, return to Tenant, without interest, all or such part of the Signage Deposit as then remains on deposit with Landlord.
9. Removal of Signage at Expiration. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant ’ s sole cost, remove all signage installed by Tenant, whether pursuant to this Exhibit C or not, and restore the affected portions of the Building to their condition existing prior to the installation of any such signs.
C- 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial |
|
Initial |
|
EXHIBIT C (cont’d)
10. Expiration of Signage Right. Tenant acknowledges that if Tenant has not installed said signage within twelve (12) months following Tenant ’ s receipt of approval for the Exterior Building Signage and the Ground Floor Lobby Signage from the City ’ s Architectural Review Board ( “ ARB Approval ” ), Tenant ’ s right to install said signage shall expire as of the first calendar day of the thirteenth (13 th ) full calendar month following the date of such ARB Approval, whereupon Tenant ’ s right to install said signage shall be null and void.
11. Right Personal to Original Tenant. Tenant ’ s right to install and maintain said signage shall be subject to Tenant ’ s being open and operating its business under the name “ TrueCar , I nc. ” in the entire Premises. Should Tenant fail to so operate its business or should Tenant be in default under the Lease (after the expiration of any applicable cure period), such signage shall upon the request of Landlord be removed immediately at Tenant ’ s sole cost. The rights granted to Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit C are personal to the original Tenant signing the Second Amendment and shall not inure to the benefit of any assignee.
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of February 18th , 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and TRUECAR, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ TrueCar ”), TRUECAR.COM, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ TrueCar.com ”), and ALG, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ ALG ” and together with TrueCar and TrueCar.com, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:
Recitals
|
A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated June 13, 2012 (as the same has been amended from time to time, the “ Prior Loan Agreement ”). |
|
B. Borrower has requested, and Bank has agreed, to replace, amend and restate the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety. Bank and Borrower hereby agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows: |
1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS
Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP; provided that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Bank shall so request, Borrower and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided , further , that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) Borrower shall provide Bank financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.
2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT
2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.
2.1.1 Revolving Advances .
(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.
(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.
|
2.1.2 |
|
Letter of Credit Sublimit . |
(a) As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or a Foreign Currency for Borrower’s account. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount utilized for the issuance of Letters of Credit shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed Ten Million
Dollars ($10,000,000).
( b ) If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date (or the effective date of any termination of this Agreement), there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to at least 100% (at least 105% for Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency) of the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or estimated by Bank to become due in connection therewith, to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “ Letter of Credit Application ”). Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guarantied by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.
(c) The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.
(d) Borrower may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges).
(e) To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the “ Letter of Credit Reserve ”) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.
2.2 Overadvances . If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances, plus (b) the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) exceeds the Revolving Line, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “ Overadvance ”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.
2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .
(a) Interest; Payment . Each Advance shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the date when made, continued or converted until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to (i) for Prime Rate Advances, the Prime Rate plus the applicable Prime Rate Margin, and (ii) for LIBOR Advances, the LIBOR Rate plus the applicable LIBOR Rate Margin. On and after the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Advance outstanding on the date of occurrence of an Event of Default or acceleration of the Obligations, the amount of such LIBOR Advance shall, during the continuance of such Event of Default or after acceleration, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus three percent (3.00%). Pursuant to the terms hereof, interest on each Advance shall be paid in arrears on each Interest Payment Date. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any prepayment of any Advance pursuant to this Agreement for the portion of any Advance so prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof. All accrued but unpaid interest on the Advances shall be due and payable on the Revolving Line Maturity Date.
( b ) Prime Rate Advances . Each change in the interest rate of the Prime Rate Advances based on changes in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change and to the extent of such change. The Prime Rate Margin applicable to Prime Rate Advances shall be determined on the basis of Borrower’s most recent Adjusted Quick Ratio, as reported to Bank in Borrower’s financial statements provided pursuant to Section 6.2(a), which determination shall be made effective immediately upon receipt of such financial statements.
2
( c ) LIBOR Advances . The interest rate applicable to each LIBOR Advance shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.4(a) hereunder. Subject to Sections 3.5 and 3.6, such rate shall apply during the entire Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance, and interest calculated thereon shall be payable on the Interest Payment Date applicable to such LIBOR Advance. The LIBOR Rate Margin applicable to LIBOR Advances shall be determined on the basis of Borrower’s most recent Adjusted Quick Ratio, as reported to Bank in Borrower’s financial statements provided pursuant to Section 6.2(a), which determination shall be made effective immediately upon receipt of such financial statements.
( d ) Computation of Interest . Any interest hereunder will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of three hundred sixty (360) days (three hundred sixty-five/three hundred sixty-six (365/366) days for Prime Rate Advances). In computing interest on any Credit Extension, the date of the making of such Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.
( e ) Default Rate . Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3(a), upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is three percentage points (3.0%) above the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest provided in this Section 2.3(e) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.
2.4 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:
(a) Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee . Payable quarterly in arrears on the first day of each calendar quarter occurring prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, a fee (the “ Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee ”) in an amount equal to (i) the Unused Revolving Line Percentage multiplied by (ii) the unused portion of the Revolving Line, as determined by Bank in its reasonable discretion; provided that the Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee shall be pro-rated for the period between the Effective Date and the first day of the immediately succeeding calendar quarter. The unused portion of the Revolving Line, for purposes of this calculation, shall be calculated on a quarterly basis and shall equal the difference between (x) the Revolving Line, and (y) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Line outstanding plus the sum of the aggregate amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve); and
( b ) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).
( c ) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.4 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.4.
2.5 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.
(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.
( b ) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.
3
(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.
3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS
3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:
(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;
( b ) the Operating Documents and good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;
( c ) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;
( d ) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements constitute Permitted Liens; and
( e ) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.
3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a) timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;
( b ) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and
( c ) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been a Material Adverse Change.
3.3 Covenant to Deliver . Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.
3.4 Procedures for Borrowing .
(a) Advances .
( i ) Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, an Advance shall be made upon Borrower’s irrevocable written notice delivered to Bank by electronic mail in the form of a Notice of Borrowing executed by an Authorized Signer or without instructions if any Advances is necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Such Notice of Borrowing must be received by Bank prior to 12:00 p.m. Pacific time, (i) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the
4
requested Funding Date, in the case of any LIBOR Advance, and (ii) on the requested Funding Date, in the case of a Prime Rate Advance, specifying: (1) the amount of the Advance; (2) the requested Funding Date; (3) whether the Advance is to be comprised of LIBOR Advances or Prime Rate Advances; and (4) the duration of the Interest Period applicable to any such LIBOR Advances included in such notice; provided that if the Notice of Borrowing shall fail to specify the duration of the Interest Period for any Advance comprised of LIBOR Advances, such Interest Period shall be one (1) month. In addition to such Notice of Borrowing, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by an Authorized Signer.
( ii ) On the Funding Date, Bank shall credit proceeds of an Advance to the Designated Deposit Account and, subsequently, shall transfer such proceeds by wire transfer to such other account as Borrower may instruct in the Notice of Borrowing. No Advances shall be deemed made to Borrower, and no interest shall accrue on any such Advance, until the related funds have been deposited in the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.
3.5 Conversion and Continuation Elections .
(a) So long as (i) no Event of Default exists; (ii) Borrower shall not have sent any notice of termination of this Agreement; and (iii) Borrower shall have complied with such customary procedures as Bank has established from time to time for Borrower’s requests for LIBOR Advances, Borrower may, upon irrevocable written notice to Bank:
(1) elect to convert on any Business Day, Prime Rate Advances into LIBOR Advances;
(2) elect to continue on any Interest Payment Date any LIBOR Advances maturing on such Interest Payment Date; or
(3) elect to convert on any Interest Payment Date any LIBOR Advances maturing on such Interest Payment Date into Prime Rate Advances.
(b) Borrower shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation by electronic mail to be received by Bank prior to 12:00 p.m. Pacific time (i) at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the Conversion Date or Continuation Date, if any Advances are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Advances; and (ii) on the Conversion Date, if any Advances are to be converted into Prime Rate Advances, in each case specifying the:
(1) proposed Conversion Date or Continuation Date;
(2) aggregate amount of the Advances to be converted or continued;
(3) nature of the proposed conversion or continuation; and
(4) if the resulting Advance is to be a LIBOR Advance, the duration of the requested Interest Period.
(c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Advances, Borrower shall have timely failed to select a new Interest Period to be applicable to such LIBOR Advances or request to convert a LIBOR Advance into a Prime Rate Advance, Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such LIBOR Advances into Prime Rate Advances.
(d) Any LIBOR Advances shall, at Bank’s option, convert into Prime Rate Advances in the event that (i) an Event of Default exists, or (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Prime Rate Advances which have been previously converted to LIBOR Advances, or the aggregate principal amount of existing LIBOR Advances continued, as the case may be, at the beginning of an Interest Period shall at any time during such Interest Period exceed the Revolving Line. Borrower agrees to pay Bank, upon demand by Bank (or Bank may, at its option, debit the Designated Deposit Account or any other account Borrower maintains with Bank) any amounts required to compensate Bank for any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost, or expense incurred by Bank, as a result of the conversion of LIBOR Advances to Prime Rate Advances pursuant to this Section 3.5(d).
5
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Bank shall not be required to purchase Dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable LIBOR market to fund any LIBOR Advances, but the provisions hereof shall be deemed to apply as if Bank had purchased such deposits to fund the LIBOR Advances.
3.6 Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Advances . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the following provisions shall govern with respect to LIBOR Advances as to the matters covered:
(a) Determination of Applicable Interest Rate . As soon as practicable on each Interest Rate Determination Date, Bank shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error in calculation, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the LIBOR Advances for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower.
( b ) Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate . In the event that Bank shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any LIBOR Advance, that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such LIBOR Advance on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR, Bank shall on such date give notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower of such determination, whereupon (i) no Advances may be made as, or converted to, LIBOR Advances until such time as Bank notifies Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to LIBOR Advances in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower.
( c ) Compensation for Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods . If (i) for any reason, other than a default by Bank or any failure of Bank to fund LIBOR Advances due to impracticability or illegality under Sections 3.7(c) and 3.7(d) of this Agreement, a borrowing or a conversion to or continuation of any LIBOR Advance does not occur on a date specified in a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, or (ii) any complete or partial principal payment or reduction of a LIBOR Advance, or any conversion of any LIBOR Advance, occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that LIBOR Advance, including due to voluntary or mandatory prepayment or acceleration, then, in each case, Borrower shall compensate Bank, upon written request by Bank, for all losses and expenses incurred by Bank in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of:
( A ) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount (1) not borrowed, converted or continued as provided in clause (i) above, or (2) paid, reduced or converted as provided in clause (ii) above, for the period from (y) the date of such failure to borrow, convert or continue as provided in clause (i) above, or the date of such payment, reduction or conversion as provided in clause (ii) above, as the case may be, to (z) in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue as provided in clause (i) above, the last day of the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such borrowing, conversion or continuing but for such failure, and in the case of a payment, reduction or conversion prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to a LIBOR Advance as provided in clause (ii) above, the last day of such Interest Period, in each case at the applicable rate of interest or other return for such LIBOR Advance(s) provided for herein (excluding, however, the LIBOR Rate Margin included therein, if any), over
( B ) the interest which would have accrued to Bank on the applicable amount provided in clause (A) above through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the definition of LIBOR Rate on the date of such failure to borrow, convert or continue as provided in clause (i) above, or the date of such payment, reduction or conversion as provided in clause (ii) above, as the case may be, for a period equal to the remaining period of such applicable Interest Period provided in clause (A) above.
Bank’s request shall set forth the manner and method of computing such compensation and such determination as to such compensation shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
( d ) Assumptions Concerning Funding of LIBOR Advances . Calculation of all amounts payable to Bank under this Section 3.6 and under Section 3.7 shall be made as though Bank had actually funded each relevant LIBOR Advance through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained
6
pursuant to the definition of LIBOR Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such LIBOR Advance and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that Bank may fund each of its LIBOR Advances in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 3.6 and under Section 3.7.
( e ) LIBOR Advances After Default . After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) Borrower may not elect to have an Advance be made or continued as, or converted to, a LIBOR Advance after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect for such Advance and (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 3.6(c), any Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to a requested conversion/continuation that has not yet occurred shall, at Bank’s option, be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower and be deemed a request to convert or continue Advances referred to therein as Prime Rate Advances.
3.7 Additional Requirements/Provisions Regarding LIBOR Advances .
(a) Borrower shall pay Bank, upon demand by Bank, from time to time such amounts as Bank may determine to be necessary to compensate it for any costs incurred by Bank that Bank determines are attributable to its making or maintaining of any amount receivable by Bank hereunder in respect of any LIBOR Advances relating thereto (such increases in costs and reductions in amounts receivable being herein called “ Additional Costs ”), in each case resulting from any Regulatory Change which:
( i ) changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to Bank under this Agreement in respect of any LIBOR Advances (other than changes which affect taxes measured by or imposed on the overall net income of Bank by the jurisdiction in which Bank has its principal office);
( ii ) imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with, or other liabilities of Bank (including any LIBOR Advances or any deposits referred to in the definition of LIBOR); or
( iii ) imposes any other condition affecting this Agreement (or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities).
Bank will notify Borrower of any event occurring after the Effective Date which will entitle Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section 3.7(a) as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such compensation. Bank will furnish Borrower with a statement setting forth the basis and amount of each request by Bank for compensation under this Section 3.7(a). Determinations and allocations by Bank for purposes of this Section 3.7(a) of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of maintaining its obligations to make LIBOR Advances, of making or maintaining LIBOR Advances, or on amounts receivable by it in respect of LIBOR Advances, and of the additional amounts required to compensate Bank in respect of any Additional Costs, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
( b ) If Bank shall determine that the adoption or implementation of any applicable law, rule, regulation, or treaty regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank, or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its applicable lending office) with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank, or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of Bank or any person or entity controlling Bank (a “ Parent ”) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank (or its Parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, or compliance (taking into consideration policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Bank to be material, then from time to time, within five (5) days after demand by Bank, Borrower shall pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such reduction. A statement of Bank claiming compensation under this Section 3.7(b) and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.7, Borrower shall not be required to compensate Bank pursuant to this Section 3.7(b) for any amounts incurred more than nine (9) months prior to the date that Bank notifies Borrower of Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of the Borrower arising pursuant to this Section 3.7(b) shall survive the Revolving Line Maturity Date, the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of all Obligations.
7
( c ) If, at any time, Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that (i) the amount of LIBOR Advances for periods equal to the corresponding Interest Periods are not available to Bank in the offshore currency interbank markets, or (ii) LIBOR does not accurately reflect the cost to Bank of lending the LIBOR Advances, then Bank shall promptly give notice thereof to Borrower. Upon the giving of such notice, Bank’s obligation to make the LIBOR Advances shall terminate; provided, however, LIBOR Advances shall not terminate if Bank and Borrower agree in writing to a different interest rate applicable to LIBOR Advances.
( d ) If it shall become unlawful for Bank to continue to fund or maintain any LIBOR Advances, or to perform its obligations hereunder, upon demand by Bank, Borrower shall prepay the LIBOR Advances in full with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder (including, without limitation, any amount payable in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(c)(ii)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by Bank as described above relates to a LIBOR Advance then being requested by Borrower pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Borrower shall have the option, subject to the provis ions of Section 3.6(c)(ii), to (i) rescind such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such rescission on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above, or (ii) modify such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation to obtain a Prime Rate Advance or to have outstanding Advances converted into or continued as Prime Rate Advances by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such modification on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above.
4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST
4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.
Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).
If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and cash collateralized Bank Services) are satisfied in full, and at such time, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, terminate its security interest in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment, consistent with Bank’s then current practice for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred percent (100.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.
4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.
4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or
8
rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.
5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank completed certificates signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate, Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.
The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect ) or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute an event of default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.
The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.
Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non- exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public and other non-material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s
9
business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made in writing that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.
5.3 Reserved .
5.4 Litigation . Except as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate or as Borrower has given Bank notice pursuant to Section 6.2(f), there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for TrueCar and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects TrueCar’s consolidated financial condition and TrueCar’s consolidated results of operations as of the dates and periods presented. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.
5.6 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.
5.7 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.
5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required material tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor.
To the extent Borrower defers payment of any material contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Except as disclosed in writing to Bank, Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in material additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any
10
liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.
5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general corporate and business requirements (including for Permitted Loans) and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.
5.11 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with TrueCar’s filings with the SEC and all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).
5.12 Definition of “Knowledge . ” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge of any Responsible Officer and when made to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.
6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower shall do all of the following:
6.1 Government Compliance .
(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
( b ) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.
6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Provide Bank with the following:
(a) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each of the first three fiscal quarters of Borrower’s fiscal year and no later than sixty (60) days after the last day of the fourth fiscal quarter of Borrower’s fiscal year, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering TrueCar’s consolidated operations for such fiscal quarter certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Quarterly Financial Statements ”);
( b ) Quarterly Compliance Certificate . Within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each of the first three fiscal quarters of Borrower’s fiscal year and within sixty (60) days after the last day of the fourth quarter of Borrower’s fiscal year and together with the Quarterly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such fiscal quarter, Borrower was in full compliance (except as may be noted in such Compliance Certificate) with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement, if applicable, and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;
( c ) Annual Operating Budget and Financial Projections . Within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, (i) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of TrueCar, and (ii) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis) as approved by TrueCar’s board of directors;
11
( d ) Other Statements . Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders generally or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;
( e ) S EC Filings . Within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials (including, without limitation, all 10-K, 8-K and 10-Q reports) filed by TrueCar with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms of this Section 6.2 (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which TrueCar posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on TrueCar’s website on the Internet at TrueCar’s website address; provided, however, TrueCar shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any 10-K or 10-Q reports;
( f ) Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change;
( g ) Intellectual Property Notice . Prompt written notice of Borrower’s knowledge of an event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property, taken as a whole;
( h ) Change From Immaterial Subsidiary to Material Subsidiary . Upon any Immaterial Subsidiary becoming a Material Subsidiary, written notice thereof to Bank in the Compliance Certificate next delivered to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(b); and
( i ) Other Financial Information . Other financial information reasonably requested by Bank and prepared in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business.
6.3 Reserved .
6.4 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all material required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.
6.5 Insurance .
(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank in Bank’s reasonable discretion. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.
( b ) Proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations; provided, that if no Event of Default exists, proceeds payable under any property policy shall be used by Borrower to repair or replace damaged or lost property or to otherwise purchase property useful to Borrower’s business.
( c ) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.5 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank twenty (20) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish
12
any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.
6.6 Operating Accounts .
(a) Maintain its primary and its Subsidiaries’ primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates which accounts shall represent at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the dollar value of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ accounts at all financial institutions.
( b ) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such and (ii) deposit account number xxxxx7623 maintained with Wells Fargo Bank, so long as the aggregate funds maintained in such account do not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time.
6.7 Financial Covenants . During any Financial Covenant Period, maintain as of the last day of each fiscal quarter:
(a) Maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio . A Consolidated Leverage Ratio, measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, not to exceed (i) as of the last day of each fiscal quarter ending after the Effective Date and on or prior to March 31, 2017, 3.00 to 1.00, and (ii) as of the last day of each fiscal quarter ending on or after April 1, 2017, 2.50 to 1.00.
( b ) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . A Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter ending after the Effective Date, of at least 1.25 to 1.00.
6.8 Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights .
(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property, taken as a whole; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.
( b ) To the extent not already disclosed in writing to Bank, if Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then Borrower shall provide written notice thereof to Bank in the Compliance Certificate next delivered to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(b) and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest, subject to Permitted Liens, in favor of Bank in such property. If Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of Borrower’s intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest, subject to Permitted Liens, in favor of Bank in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrower shall, promptly following disclosure in the Compliance Certificate delivered to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(b), provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the
13
recording of the intellectual property security agreement required for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property, subject to Permitted Liens.
( c ) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
6.9 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.
6.10 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on five (5) Business Days’ notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months (or as conditions may warrant) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.
6.11 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, at the time that Borrower forms any majority-owned direct or indirect Subsidiary, Borrower acquires any majority-owned direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, or an Immaterial Subsidiary becomes a Material Subsidiary, Borrower shall, upon Bank’s reasonable request, (a) cause such new Subsidiary (other than any Foreign Subsidiary or any Immaterial Subsidiary) or Material Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to this Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, provided that, Borrower shall pledge sixty-five percent (65%) of the direct or beneficial ownership interest of any new Foreign Subsidiary, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank , which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be a Loan Document.
6.12 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:
14
7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out, obsolete or unneeded Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (e) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; and (f) of property not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.1, having an aggregate net book value not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in any fiscal year.
7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, Control, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer ceases to hold such office with Borrower and a replacement satisfactory to Borrower’s Board of Directors is not made within thirty (30) days after his departure from Borrower; (ii) permit or suffer any Change in Control with respect to TrueCar; or (iii) permit either TrueCar.com or ALG to cease being a wholly-owned Subsidiary of TrueCar, except in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 7.3.
Borrower shall not, without at least five (5) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) to a bailee (other than Collateral held at co- location sites with a value not in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000)), and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such bailee to execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its reasonable discretion.
7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary), except for Permitted Acquisitions, provided that a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.
7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.
7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, except for Permitted Liens, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property in favor of Bank, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.
7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.
7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock; provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof;
15
(ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in cash per fiscal year; and (iv) Borrower may make payments in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.
7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; (ii) transactions between or among Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (iii) Permitted Loans; (iv) transactions permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 7.2 hereof; and (v) transactions between any Borrower and another Borrower so long as no Event of Default exists or could result therefrom.
7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.
7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to (a) meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, (b) prevent a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, from occurring, or (c) comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the failure of any of the conditions described in clauses (a) through (c) which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business; or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.
8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:
8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);
8.2 Covenant Default .
(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 2.2, 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, or 6.10, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or
( b ) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no
16
Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;
8.3 Priority of Security Interest . There is a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral;
8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .
(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or
( b ) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;
8.5 Insolvency (a) Borrower fails to be solvent as described in Section 5.6 hereof; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);
8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement evidencing any Indebtedness to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000);
8.7 Judgments; Penalties . One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order, or decree);
8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; or
8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or the applicable subordination or intercreditor agreement.
9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:
(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);
17
( b ) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;
( c ) for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;
( d ) terminate any FX Contracts;
( e ) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;
( f ) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral;
( g ) apply to the Obligations (i) any balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;
( h ) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;
( i ) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;
( j ) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and
( k ) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).
9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and cash collateralized Bank Services) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.
18
9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.
9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default . . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.
9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.
9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.
9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.
10 NOTICES
All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.
19
11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE
Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL .
WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge.
20
The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self- help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.
This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
12 GENERAL PROVISIONS
12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date; Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.
12.2 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
12.3 Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.
12.4 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.
12.5 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.
12.6 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.
12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver
21
granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.
12.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.
12.9 Borrower Liability . Any Borrower may, acting singly, request Credit Extensions hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints each other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Credit Extensions hereunder. Each Borrower hereunder shall be jointly and severally obligated to repay all Credit Extensions made hereunder, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Credit Extension, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Credit Extensions. Each Borrower waives (a) any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law, including, without limitation, the benefit of California Civil Code Section 2815 permitting revocation as to future transactions and the benefit of California Civil Code Sections 1432, 2809, 2810, 2819, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, and 2899 and 3433, and (b) any right to require Bank to: (i) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (iii) pursue any other remedy. Bank may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any Borrower’s liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or other related document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of Bank under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.
12.10 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “ Bank Entities ”), provided that such Bank Entities are bound by the same confidentiality obligations herein; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.
Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Agreement.
12.11 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.
12.12 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed
22
signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
12.13 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
12.14 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.
12.15 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.
12.16 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.
12.17 Effect of Amendment and Restatement . This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Prior Loan Agreement. Except for the Prior Loan Agreement (which is being amended and restated in its entirety by this Agreement), all other Existing Loan Documents shall continue in full force and effect and constitute Loan Documents, all security agreements (which shall continue to secure all present and future indebtedness, liabilities, guarantees and other Obligations), all Control Agreements relating to Collateral Accounts or other accounts, all warrants to purchase stock or other securities or interests, all investor rights and other agreements relating to stock or securities, and all UCC-1 financing statements and other documents filed with governmental offices which perfect liens or security interests in favor of Bank. References in any such surviving Loan Documents to “Loan Agreement” shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement instead of the Prior Loan Agreement. Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, the Prior Loan Agreement. All security interests granted under the Prior Loan Agreement are hereby confirmed and ratified and shall continue to secure all Obligations under this Agreement.
13 DEFINITIONS
13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:
“ Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.
“ Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
“ Additional Costs ” is defined in Section 3.7(a).
“ Adjusted EBITDA ” shall mean (a) Net Income, plus (b) Interest Expense, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, depreciation expense and amortization expense, plus (d) income tax expense, plus (e) stock based compensation expense, plus (f) non-cash warrant expenses, impairment charges and other one-time non-cash expenses approved by Bank.
“ Adjusted Quick Ratio ” is the ratio of (a) Quick Assets to (b) Current Liabilities.
“ Advance ” or “ Advances ” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.
23
“ Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.
“ Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.
“ ALG ” is defined in the preamble hereof.
“ Authorized Signer ” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Notice of Borrowing or other Advance request, on behalf of Borrower.
“ Availability Amount ” is (a) the Revolving Line, minus (b) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (c) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.
“ Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.
“ Bank Entities ” is defined in Section 12.10.
“ Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.
“ Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).
“ Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.
“ Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.
“ Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .
“ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of California are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close, except that if any determination of a “Business Day” shall relate to a LIBOR Advance, the term “Business Day” shall also mean a day on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market.
“ Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.
“ Change in Control ” means any event, transaction, or occurrence as a result of which (a) any “person” (as such term is defined in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Borrower, is or becomes a beneficial owner (within the meaning Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of TrueCar, representing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the combined voting power of TrueCar’s then outstanding
24
securities; or (b) during any period of twelve consecutive calendar months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of TrueCar (together with any new directors whose election by the Board of Directors of TrueCar was approved by a vote of not less than two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason other than death or disability to constitute a majority of the directors then in office.
“ Claims ” is defined in Section 12.3.
“ Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
“ Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .
“ Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
“ Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
“ Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
“ Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” is, at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) all of Borrower’s Funded Indebtedness, plus, without duplication, all issued and outstanding Letters of Credit and all earn-out obligations (under GAAP) in connection with Permitted Acquisitions, to (b) Borrower’s Adjusted EBITDA for the trailing twelve (12) month period ending on the date of such determination.
“ Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another Person such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.
“ Continuation Date ” means any date on which Borrower continues a LIBOR Advance into another Interest Period.
“ Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
“ Conversion Date ” means any date on which Borrower converts a Prime Rate Advance to a LIBOR Advance or a LIBOR Advance to a Prime Rate Advance.
“ Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.
25
“ Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Overadvance, Letter of Credit, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement.
“ Current Liabilities ” are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.
“ Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(e).
“ Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
“ Designated Deposit Account ” is the multicurrency account denominated in Dollars, account number *******754, maintained by Borrower with Bank.
“ Dollars , ” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.
“ Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.
“ Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.
“ Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.
“ Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.
“ ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations. “ Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.
“ Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“ Existing Loan Documents ” are all “Loan Documents” as such term is defined in the Prior Loan Agreement.
“ Financial Covenant Period ” is any period for which the most recent Quarterly Financial Statements delivered to Bank in accordance with Section 6.2(a) indicate that Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than 1.50 to 1.00. If Borrower fails to timely deliver Quarterly Financial Statements in accordance with Section 6.2(a), then Bank may, in its sole discretion, cause a Financial Covenant Period to be in effect; provided that Borrower’s failure to provide notice to Bank of the posting of its 10-K or 10-Q reports pursuant to Section 6.2(e) shall not trigger a Financial Covenant Period.
“ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” is measured on a trailing twelve (12) month basis for the trailing twelve (12) month period ending on the date of determination and is the ratio of (a) (i) TrueCar’s Adjusted EBITDA, minus (ii) Borrower’s cash income taxes for such period, to (b) (i) Borrower’s cash interest payments for such period, plus (ii) Borrower’s capital expenditures for such period.
“ Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a countr y other than the United States.
“ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
26
“ Funded Indebtedness ” is, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money (including borrowings hereunder) and all debt obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, and (b) all capital lease obligations.
“ Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.
“ FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.
“ GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
“ General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.
“ Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.
“ Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.
“ Immaterial Subsidiaries ” (each individually, an “Immaterial Subsidiary”) means Borrower’s Subsidiaries which are not a Borrower hereunder and which do not (a) on a stand-alone basis, have at any time (i) assets in excess of five percent (5%) of TrueCar’s consolidated assets or (ii) gross revenues in excess of five percent (5%) of TrueCar’s consolidated gross revenues, and (b) on an aggregate basis together with all other Subsidiaries of Borrower which are not a Borrower hereunder, have at any time (a) assets in excess of ten percent (10%) of TrueCar’s consolidated assets or (b) gross revenues in excess of ten percent (10%) of TrueCar’s consolidated gross revenues.
“ Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.
“ Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.
“ Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.
“ Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:
(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;
( b ) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;
27
( c ) any and all source code;
( d ) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;
( e ) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and
( f ) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.
“ Interest Expense ” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ending on such date, including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Credit Extension and other Indebtedness of TrueCar and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation or duplication, all commissions, discounts, or related amortization and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and the net costs associated with interest rate swap, cap, and similar arrangements, and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation (including leases of all types).
“ Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any LIBOR Advance, the earlier of the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance or the last day of each calendar quarter (or, if that day does not fall on a Business Day, then on the first Business Day following such date), and, (b) with respect to Prime Rate Advances, the first day of each quarter (or, if that day does not fall on a Business Day, then on the first Business Day following such date), and each date a Prime Rate Advance is converted into a LIBOR Advance to the extent of the amount converted to a LIBOR Advance.
“ Interest Period ” means, as to any LIBOR Advance, the period commencing on the date of such LIBOR Advance, or on the conversion/continuation date on which the LIBOR Advance is converted into or continued as a LIBOR Advance, and ending on the date that is one, two, three, or six months thereafter, in each case as Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation; provided, however , that (a) no Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR Advance shall end later than the Revolving Line Maturity Date, (b) the last day of an Interest Period shall be determined in accordance with the practices of the LIBOR interbank market as from time to time in effect, (c) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the following Business Day unless, in the case of a LIBOR Advance, the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day, (d) any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Advance that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, and (e) interest shall accrue from and include the first Business Day of an Interest Period but exclude the last Business Day of such Interest Period.
“ Interest Rate Determination Date ” means each date for calculating the LIBOR for purposes of determining the interest rate in respect of an Interest Period. The Interest Rate Determination Date shall be the second Business Day prior to the first day of the related Interest Period for a LIBOR Advance.
“ Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.
“ Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.
“ IP Agreement ” is, collectively, those certain Intellectual Property Security Agreements executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank dated as of June 13, 2012.
“ Letter of Credit ” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.2.
28
“ Letter of Credit Application ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).
“ Letter of Credit Reserve ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2(e).
“ LIBOR ” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for any Advance to be made, continued as or converted into a LIBOR Advance, the rate of interest per annum determined by Bank to be the per annum rate of interest at which deposits in Dollars are offered to Bank in the London interbank market (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 0.0001%) in which Bank customarily participates at 11:00 a.m. (local time in such interbank market) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a period approximately equal to such Interest Period and in an amount approximately equal to the amount of such Advance.
“ LIBOR Advance ” means an Advance that bears interest based at the LIBOR Rate.
“ LIBOR Rate ” means, for each Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Advances comprising part of the same Advances, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 0.0001%) equal to LIBOR for such Interest Period divided by one (1) minus the Reserve Requirement for such Interest Period.
“ LIBOR Rate Margin ” is one and three-quarters percent (1.75%) as of the Effective Date through the date on which Borrower first delivers Borrower’s financial statements in accordance with Section 6.2(a) and, following the initial delivery of Borrower’s financial statements in accordance with Section 6.2(a) after the Effective Date, is (a) if Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than 1.00 to 1.00, two and one-half percent (2.50%), (b) if Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than 1.50 to 1.00 but equal to or greater than 1.00 to 1.00, two and one-quarter percent (2.25%), and (c) if Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is equal to or greater than 1.50 to 1.00, one and three-quarters percent (1.75%). The LIBOR Rate Margin is determined on the basis of Borrower’s most recent Adjusted Quick Ratio, as reported to Bank in Borrower’s financial statements provided pursuant to Section 6.2(a), which determination shall be made effective immediately upon receipt of such financial statements. If Borrower fails to deliver financial statements in accordance with Section 6.2(a) (but not if Borrower fails to provide notice to Bank of the posting of its 10-K or 10-Q reports pursuant to Section 6.2(e)), the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be two and one- half percent (2.50%).
“ Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.
“ Liquidity ” is, on any date, Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents plus the Availability Amount.
“ Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, the IP Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.
“ Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or financial condition of Borrower since the Effective Date; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.
“ Material Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not an Immaterial Subsidiary.
“ Net Income ” means, as calculated on a consolidated basis for TrueCar and its Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of TrueCar and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.
“ Notice of Borrowing ” means a notice given by Borrower to Bank in accordance with Section 3.4(a), substantially in the form of Exhibit E , with appropriate insertions.
“ Notice of Conversion/Continuation ” means a notice given by Borrower to Bank in accordance with Section 3.5, substantially in the form of Exhibit F , with appropriate insertions.
29
“ Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligation to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, any interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.
“ Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.
“ Overadvance ” is defined in Section 2.2.
“ Parent ” is defined in Section 3.7(b).
“ Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.
“ Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
“ Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.
“ Permitted Acquisitions ” means any merger or consolidation with any other Person, or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (a) that is funded entirely by the proceeds of the sale of Borrower’s equity securities, or (b) that meets the following requirements: (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to each such transaction; (ii) if Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio, measured on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition, is less than 1.50 to 1.00, then, Borrower shall demonstrate compliance, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition, with the following: (A) a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00, and (B) a Consolidated Leverage Ratio, at close of the acquisition, of at least 0.25 less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio then required by Section 6.7(a) hereof; (iii) Borrower would maintain, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition, a minimum Liquidity of Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000); (iv) such transaction shall only involve assets comprising a business, or those assets of a business, of the type engaged in by Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof (or any business reasonably related or ancillary thereto or a reasonable extension thereof, as determined in good faith by the board of directors); (v) if the target is merged with and into Borrower, then Borrower is the surviving legal entity; (vi) such transaction shall be consensual and shall have been approved by the target’s board of directors; and (vii) if the target is not merged with and into Borrower then, simultaneously with the closing of such Permitted Acquisition, the target must, if requested by Bank, become a “Borrower” under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with Section 6.11 hereof.
“ Permitted Indebtedness ” is:
(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
( b ) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;
( c ) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;
( d ) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;
( e ) Indebtedness with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;
( f ) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;
30
( g ) intercompany Indebtedness that otherwise constitutes an Investment allowed under the definition of “Permitted Investments”;
( h ) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (g) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be; and
( i ) Subordinated Debt;
( j ) guaranties by a Borrower of Permitted Indebtedness of another Borrower;
( k ) Indebtedness to Bank or Bank’s Affiliates consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect Borrowers or their Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices;
( l ) earn-out obligations in connection with any Permitted Acquisition;
( m ) Specific Lien Indebtedness of entities acquired in any permitted merger or acquisition transaction; and
( n ) other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.
“ Permitted Investments ” are:
(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;
( b ) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;
( c ) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;
( d ) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest to the extent required pursuant to Section 6.6;
( e ) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;
( f ) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section 7.3 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;
( g ) Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries (that are not Borrowers hereunder) not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period and (ii) by Subsidiaries (that are not Borrowers hereunder) in other Subsidiaries or in Borrower;
( h ) Investments by one Borrower in another Borrower;
( i ) Permitted Loans;
( j ) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;
31
( k ) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;
(l) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (l) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;
( m ) Permitted Acquisitions;
( n ) Investments through Bank or Bank’s Affiliates consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices; and
( o ) so long as no Event of Default exists at the time of such Investment or would exist after giving effect to such Investment, other Investments in an amount not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) in any fiscal year.
“ Permitted Liens ” are:
(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
( b ) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;
( c ) Liens (including with respect to capital leases) (i) on Equipment including accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment (including accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof) securing no more than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment (and accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof) when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment (including accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof);
( d ) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;
( e ) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);
( f ) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;
( g ) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;
32
( h ) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;
( i ) Liens securing Subordinated Debt;
( j ) Liens on insurance proceeds granted solely as security for financed premiums;
( k ) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;
( l ) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts; and
( m ) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property permitted hereunder, real property leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligation for borrowed money.
“ Permitted Loans ” are (i) loans from TrueCar to Borrower’s officers as listed in the Perfection Certificate and (ii) loans from TrueCar to Borrower’s officers for the purpose of purchasing equity securities of Borrower in an amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).
“ Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.
“ Prime Rate ” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal , becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).
“ Prime Rate Advance ” means an Advance that bears interest based at the Prime Rate.
“ Prime Rate Margin ” is negative one-quarter of one percent (-0.25%) as of the Effective Date through the date on which Borrower first delivers Borrower’s financial statements in accordance with Section 6.2(a) and, following the initial delivery of Borrower’s financial statements in accordance with Section 6.2(a) after the Effective Date, is (a) if Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than 1.00 to 1.00, one-half of one percent (0.50%), (b) if Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than 1.50 to 1.00 but equal to or greater than 1.00 to 1.00, one-quarter of one percent (0.25%), and (c) if Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is equal to or greater than 1.50 to 1.00, negative one-quarter of one percent (-0.25%). The Prime Rate Margin is determined on the basis of Borrower’s most recent Adjusted Quick Ratio, as reported to Bank in Borrower’s financial statements provided pursuant to Section 6.2(a), which determination shall be made effective immediately upon receipt of such financial statements. If Borrower fails to deliver financial statements in accordance with Section 6.2(a), the Prime Rate Margin shall be one-half of one percent (0.50%).
“ Prior Loan Agreement ” is defined in the recitals hereto.
“ Quarterly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).
“ Quick Assets ” is, on any date, Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents plus net billed accounts receivable.
33
“ Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
“ Regulatory Change ” means, with respect to Bank, any change on or after the date of this Agreement in United States federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations, including Regulation D, or the adoption or making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives, or requests applying to a class of lenders including Bank, of or under any United States federal or state, or any foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.
“ Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
“ Reserve Requirement ” means, for any Interest Period, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental, or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D) by member banks of the Federal Reserve System. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by Bank by reason of any Regulatory Change against (a) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the LIBOR Rate is to be determined as provided in the definition of LIBOR or (b) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include Advances.
“ Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Accounting Officer of Borrower.
“ Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.
“ Revolving Line ” is an aggregate principal amount equal to Thirty-Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000); provided, however, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon the written request of Borrower and at Bank’s discretion, the Revolving Line may be increased in Five Million Dollar ($5,000,000) increments up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) (it being understood that Bank is not obligated to increase the Revolving Line). Once increased, the Revolving Line may not be decreased.
“ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is the date three (3) years from the Effective Date.
“ SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.
“ Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
“ Specific Lien Indebtedness ” is Indebtedness secured by Liens (including with respect to capital leases) (i) on Equipment including accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment (including accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof), or (ii) existing on Equipment (and accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof) when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment (including accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof).
“ Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.
34
“ Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Person shall not be deemed to be a Subsidiary of another Person solely because both such Persons share a common management team.
“ Total Liabilities ” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any issued and outstanding Letters of Credit).
“ Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.
“ Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.
“ TrueCar.com ” is defined in the preamble hereof.
“ Unused Revolving Line Percentage ” is a per annum rate equal to zero percent (0.00%) as of the Effective Date through the date on which Borrower first delivers Borrower’s financial statements in accordance with Section 6.2(a) and, following the initial delivery of Borrower’s financial statements in accordance with Section 6.2(a) after the Effective Date, is (a) if Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than 1.00 to 1.00, two-tenths of one percent (0.20%), (b) if Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than 1.50 to 1.00 but equal to or greater than 1.00 to 1.00, fifteen-hundredths of one percent (0.15%), and (c) if Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is equal to or greater than 1.50 to 1.00, zero percent (0.00%). The Unused Revolving Line Percentage is determined on the basis of Borrower’s most recent Adjusted Quick Ratio, as reported to Bank in Borrower’s financial statements provided pursuant to Section 6.2(a), which determination shall be made effective immediately upon receipt of such financial statements. If Borrower fails to deliver financial statements in accordance with Section 6.2(a), the Unused Revolving Line Percentage shall be two-tenths of one percent (0.20%).
“ Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee ” is defined in Section 2.4(a).
[Signature page follows.]
35
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.
|
|
|
|
BORROWER: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TRUECAR, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TRUECAR.COM, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALG, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BANK: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]
EXHIBIT A — COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION
The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:
All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and
all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include: (i) property (and all substitutions, accessions, additions, attachments, accessories, improvements, replacements, products and proceeds thereto) subject to a lien described in clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens in which the granting of a security interest in such property or equipment is prohibited by or would constitute a default under any agreement or document governing such property, provided that upon the termination or lapsing of any such prohibition, such property shall automatically be part of the Collateral; and (ii) more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter.
EXHIBIT B — LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM
DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME
Fax To: (818) 783-7984 |
|
Date: |
|
|
LOAN PAYMENT: |
|
|
||||||||
TRUECAR, INC., TRUECAR.COM, INC. and ALG, INC. |
||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
From Account # |
|
|
To Account # |
|
|
|||||
|
(Deposit Account #) |
|
|
(Loan Account #) |
|
|||||
Principal $ |
|
|
and/or Interest $ |
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Authorized Signature: |
|
|
Phone Number: |
|
|
|||||
Print Name/Title: |
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
LOAN ADVANCE: |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire. |
||||||||
|
|
|
||||||
From Account # |
|
|
To Account # |
|
|
|||
|
(Loan Account #) |
|
|
(Deposit Account #) |
|
|||
|
|
|
||||||
Amount of Advance $ |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
||||||
All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date: |
||||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Authorized Signature: |
|
|
Phone Number: |
|
|
|||
Print Name/Title: |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
EXHIBIT C
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
TO: |
SILICON VALLEY BANK |
Date: |
|
FROM: |
TRUECAR, INC., TRUECAR.COM, INC. and ALG, INC. |
|
|
The undersigned authorized officer of TrueCar, Inc., on behalf of TrueCar, Inc., TrueCar.com, Inc. and ALG, Inc. (individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):
(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required material tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.
Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the cases of unaudited financial statements for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.
Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Covenant |
Required |
Actual |
Complies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintain on a Quarterly Basis*: |
|
|
|
|
Maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio: |
|
|
|
|
Effective Date through 3/31/17 |
3.00:1.00 |
:1.00 |
Yes |
No |
4/1/17 and thereafter |
2.50:1.00 |
:1.00 |
Yes |
No |
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: |
1.25:1.00 |
:1.00 |
Yes |
No |
|
||||
* Only required if Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than 1.50 to 1.00. |
|
|
|
|
Performance Pricing; Unused Line Fee |
Applies |
||
|
|
|
|
AQR ≥ 1.50:1.00 |
LIBOR + 1.75%; Prime — 0.25%; No Unused Line Fee |
Yes |
No |
1.50:1.00 > AQR ≥ 1.00:1.00 |
LIBOR + 2.25%; Prime + 0.25%; Unused Line Fee = 0.15% |
Yes |
No |
AQR < 1.00:1.00 |
LIBOR + 2.50%; Prime + 0.50%; Unused Line Fee = 0.20% |
Yes |
No |
The following financial calculations and covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.
The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TrueCar, Inc. |
|
BANK USE ONLY |
|
|||||||
|
TrueCar.com, Inc. |
|
|
|
|||||||
|
ALG, Inc. |
|
Received by: |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
AUTHORIZED SIGNER |
|
||||||
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
||||||
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Name: |
|
|
Verified: |
|
|
|||||
|
Title: |
|
|
|
AUTHORIZED SIGNER |
|
|||||
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
Compliance Status: |
Yes |
No |
|
Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate
Financial Covenants of Borrower
In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.
Dated: |
|
|
|
I. Adjusted Quick Ratio (This is not a financial covenant but is used to determine pricing, the Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee, and whether the financial covenants apply)
|
|
|
|
A. |
|
Aggregate value of the unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrower |
$ |
|
|
|
|
B. |
|
Aggregate value of the net billed accounts receivable of Borrower |
$ |
|
|
|
|
C. |
|
Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and B) |
$ |
|
|
|
|
D. |
|
Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank |
$ |
|
|
|
|
E. |
|
Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness (including, without limitation, issued and outstanding Letters of Credit), and not otherwise reflected in line D above that matures within one (1) year |
$ |
|
|
|
|
F. |
|
Current Liabilities (the sum of lines D and E) |
$ |
|
|
|
|
G. |
|
Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line F) |
:1.00 |
|
|
|
|
Is line G equal to or greater than 1.50:1:00? |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
- |
LIBOR + 1.75%; Prime — 0.25%; No Unused Line Fee; Financial covenants do not apply |
|
|
|
||
Is line G less than 1.50:1:00 but equal to or greater than 1.00:1.00? |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
- |
LIBOR + 2.25%; Prime + 0.25%; Unused Line Fee = 0.15%; Financial covenants apply |
|
|
|
||
Is line G less than 1.00:1:00? |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
- |
LIBOR + 2.50%; Prime — 0.50%; Unused Line Fee = 0.20%; Financial covenants apply |
|
|
|
|
|
|
II. |
|
Consolidated Leverage Ratio (Section 6.7(a)) (Only required if AQR < 1.50:1.00) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum: |
|
3.00:1.00 (from the Effective Date through March 31, 2017) |
|
|
|
|
2.50:1.00 (from and after April 1, 2017) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual: |
|
:1.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
|
Funded Indebtedness, plus, without duplication, all issued and outstanding Letters of Credit and all earn-out obligations (under GAAP) in connection with Permitted Acquisitions |
|
$ |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
B. |
|
Net Income of Borrower for the trailing 12 months most recently ended |
|
$ |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
C. |
|
To the extent included in the determination of Net Income |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
1. |
The provision for income taxes |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
Depreciation expense |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. |
Amortization expense |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. |
Net Interest Expense |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
Stock based compensation expense |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. |
Non-cash warrant expenses, impairment charges and other one-time non-cash expenses approved by Bank |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. |
The sum of lines 1 through 6 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
D. |
|
Trailing 12-Month Adjusted EBITDA (line B plus line C.7) |
|
$ |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
E. |
|
Consolidated Leverage Ratio (line A divided by line D) |
|
:1.00 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
Is line E less than or equal to the appropriate amount set forth above? |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
No, not in compliance |
Yes, in compliance |
|
|
III. |
|
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (Section 6.7(b)) (Only required if AQR < 1.50:1.00) |
|
|
Required: |
|
1.25:100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual: |
|
:1.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
|
Value of Line II.D (Trailing 12-Month Adjusted EBITDA) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
|
Trailing 12-month cash income taxes paid |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. |
|
Line A minus line B |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. |
|
Trailing 12-month cash interest payments |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E. |
|
Trailing 12-month capital expenditures |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F. |
|
Line D plus line E |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G. |
|
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (line C divided by line F) |
|
:1.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Is line G equal to or greater than 1.25:1.00? |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No, not in compliance |
Yes, in compliance |
|
|
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING
TRUECAR, INC., TRUECAR.COM, INC. and ALG, INC.
Date:
TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK
15260 Ventura Boulevard, Suite 1800
Sherman Oaks, CA 91403
Attention: Ted Bell
Email: tbell@svb.com
RE: Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February , 2015 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and between TRUECAR, INC., TRUECAR.COM, INC. and ALG, INC. (each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, “ Borrowers ”), and Silicon Valley Bank (“ Bank ”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein and used herein as so defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Loan Agreement, of the borrowing of an Advance.
1. The Funding Date 1 , which shall be a Business Day, of the requested borrowing is .
2. The aggregate amount of the requested Advance is $ .
3. The requested Advance shall consist of $ of Prime Rate Advances and $ of LIBOR Advances.
4. The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Advances included in the requested Advances shall be months.
The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed Advance before and after giving effect thereto, and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as applicable:
(a) all representations and warranties of Borrowers contained in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;
(b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed Advance; and
1 Requests for LIBOR Advances must be submitted by 12:00 pm Pacific time at least three (3) Business Days prior to Funding Date. Requests for Prime Rate Advances must be submitted by 12:00 pm Pacific time on the Funding Date.
(c) the requested Advance will not cause the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Advances to exceed, as of the designated Funding Date, the Revolving Line.
BORROWER |
|
TRUECAR, INC. , on behalf of itself and all Borrowers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
For internal Bank use only |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIBOR Pricing Date |
|
|
LIBOR |
|
|
LIBOR Variance |
|
|
Maturity Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT F
FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION
TRUECAR, INC., TRUECAR.COM, INC. and ALG, INC.
Date:
TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK
15260 Ventura Boulevard, Suite 1800
Sherman Oaks, CA 91403
Attention: Ted Bell
Email: tbell@svb.com
RE: Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February , 2015 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and between TRUECAR, INC., TRUECAR.COM, INC. and ALG, INC. (each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, “ Borrowers ”), and Silicon Valley Bank (“ Bank ”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Loan Agreement, of the [conversion] [continuation] of the Advances specified herein, that:
1. The date of the [conversion] [continuation] is , 20 .
2. The aggregate amount of the proposed Advances to be [converted] is $ or [continued] is $ .
3. The Advances are to be [converted into] [continued as] [LIBOR] [Prime Rate] Advances.
4. The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Advances included in the [conversion] [continuation] shall be months.
The undersigned, on behalf of Borrower, hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed [conversion] [continuation], before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:
(a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed [conversion] [continuation]; and
(b) the requested [conversion] [continuation] will not cause the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Advances to exceed, as of the designated Funding Date, the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.
[signature page follows]
|
|
|
|
BORROWER |
|
TRUECAR, INC. , on behalf of itself and all Borrowers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For internal Bank use only |
|
|
LIBOR Pricing Date |
|
|
LIBOR |
|
|
LIBOR Variance |
|
|
Maturity Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No.3 33-202116 and 333-196017) of TrueCar, Inc. of our report dated March 11 , 2015 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 1
1
, 2015
Certification of Principal Executive Officer
Pursuant to
Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) ,
As Adopted Pursuant to
Securities 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Scott Painter , certify that:
|
1. |
|
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TrueCar, Inc.; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a. |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
b. |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
|
c. |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
|
T he registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
|
a. |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
b. |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: March 1 1 , 2015
|
|
/s/ Scott Painter |
Scott Painter |
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
(Principal Executive Officer)
Certification of Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to
Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) ,
As Adopted Pursuant to
Securities 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Michael Guthrie , certify that:
|
1. |
|
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TrueCar, Inc.; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a. |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
b. |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
|
c. |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
|
T he registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
|
a. |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
b. |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: March 1 1 , 2015
|
|
/s/ Michael Guthrie |
Michael Guthrie |
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
CERTIFICATIONS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
AND PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of TrueCar , Inc. (the “Company”), on Form 10- K for the period ended December 31 , 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), Scott Painter, as Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Guthrie , as Chief Financial Officer, of the Company, each hereby certif ies , pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) , to his knowledge:
|
1. |
|
T he Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
2. |
|
T he information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 1 1 , 2015 |
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Scott Painter |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scott Painter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 1 1 , 2015 |
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Michael Guthrie |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Guthrie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |